-
1 quelque
quelque [kεlk(ə)]━━━━━━━━━2. adverb━━━━━━━━━1. <• puis-je faire quelque chose pour vous ? is there something I can do for you?• il a quelque chose (qui ne va pas) (maladie) there's something wrong with him ; (ennuis) there's something the matter with him• il a plu quelque chose de bien ! it rained like anything! (inf)• ça alors, c'est quelque chose ! that's a bit too much!► quelque part somewhere ; ( = d'une certaine façon) in a way• il veut l'acheter, à quelque prix que ce soit he wants to buy it no matter how much it costs► en quelque sorte ( = pour ainsi dire) as it were ; ( = d'une certaine manière) in a way• on pourrait dire en quelque sorte que... you could say in a way that...• M. Dupont va vous dire quelques mots Mr Dupont is going to say a few words to you• les quelques centaines de personnes qui lisent ses romans the few hundred people who read his novels2. <( = environ) about* * *kɛlk
1.
1) ( au singulier) ( dans les phrases affirmatives) some; ( dans les phrases interrogatives) any2) ( au pluriel) ( dans les phrases affirmatives) some, a few; ( dans les phrases interrogatives) any
2.
1) ( environ)les quelque deux mille spectateurs — the two thousand odd spectators, the two thousand or so spectators
2) (si) howeverquelque admirable que soit son attitude — however admirable his/her attitude may be
3.
quelque chose pronom indéfini invariable ( dans les phrases affirmatives) somethingil y aurait quelque chose d'absurde à refuser sa proposition — it would be ridiculous to turn down his offer
faire quelque chose à quelqu'un — [événement, substance] to have an effect on somebody
c'est quelque chose! (colloq) tu es toujours en retard! — for crying out loud! you're always late
en ce temps-là, être instituteur, c'était quelque chose — in those days it was quite something to be a primary school teacher
ça me dit quelque chose — it reminds me of something, it rings a bell
4.
quelque part locution adverbiale somewhereil lui a mis son pied quelque part — (colloq) euph he gave him/her a kick in the behind
5.
quelque peu locution adverbiale somewhat
••
Remarques à propos de ‘quelque chose’Dans les phrases affirmatives quelque chose se traduit par something: quelque chose m'a frappé = something struck me; j'ai vu quelque chose qui va te plaire = I saw something that you will likeDans les phrases interrogatives et conditionnelles, l'anglais fait une distinction entre une vraie question dont la réponse peut être oui ou non ou une vraie supposition: avez-vous quelque chose à ajouter? = have you got anything to add?; si tu vois quelque chose de louche = if you see anything suspicious; si quelque chose leur arrivait = if anything happened to them; et une supposition formulée sous forme de question: tu fais une drôle de tête, tu as quelque chose à dire? = you're pulling a face, have you got something to say?; ou de suggestion: si tu as vu quelque chose que tu aimerais pour ton anniversaire = if you have seen something that you'd like for your birthday; si quelque chose te déplaît, dis-le = if there's something you don't like, say so* * *kɛlk1. adj1) (au singulier) someIl habite à quelque distance d'ici. — He lives some distance from here.
Il trouvera quelque excuse. — He'll find some excuse., He'll find some excuse or other.
2) (en corrélation: n'importe)quelque... que — whatever, whichever
Quelque livre qu'il choisisse... — Whatever book he chooses..., Whichever book he chooses...
Par quelque temps qu'il fasse... — Whatever the weather...
3)quelque chose — something, (en tournure interrogative) anything
J'ai quelque chose pour toi. — I've got something for you.
Je voudrais quelque chose de moins cher. — I'd like something cheaper.
faire quelque chose à qn (= émouvoir) — to do something to sb
quelque chose d'autre — something else, (tournure interrogative) anything else
4)quelque part — somewhere, (tournure interrogative) anywhere
J'ai oublié mon sac quelque part. — I've left my bag somewhere.
5) (locution)Il a quelques amis à Paris. — He has some friends in Paris., He has a few friends in Paris.
J'ai acheté quelques disques. — I bought some records., I bought a few records.
Il reste quelques bouteilles. — There are a few bottles left.
Ils ont fini les quelques bouteilles qui restaient. — They finished the few bottles that were left.
"quelle heure est-il?" - - "onze heures et quelques" — "what time is it?" - - "just gone eleven"
2. adv1) (= environ)quelque peu — rather, somewhat
J'ai trouvé ça quelque peu déplacé de sa part. — I thought what he said was somewhat uncalled-for.
* * *quelque ⇒ Note d'usageA adj indéf1 ( au singulier) ( dans les phrases affirmatives) some; ( dans les phrases interrogatives) any; nous avons eu quelque difficulté à nous comprendre we had some difficulty in understanding each other; j'ai eu quelque peine à le convaincre I had some trouble persuading him; il sera probablement allé voir quelque ami he's probably gone to see some friend of his; il trouvera bien quelque autre moyen d'y parvenir he's sure to find some other way of managing it; il y a quelque temps some time ago; depuis quelque temps il est déprimé for some time he has been depressed; il y aurait quelque contradiction à dire que it would be somewhat contradictory to say that; si pour quelque raison que ce soit tu ne pouvais pas venir if for whatever reason you were unable to come; quelque décision que tu prennes whatever decision you come to; de quelque côté que nous allions whichever way we go;2 ( au pluriel) ( dans les phrases affirmatives) some, a few; ( dans les phrases interrogatives) any; quelques jours/chaises/étudiants some ou a few days/chairs/students; je voudrais ajouter quelques mots I'd like to add a few words; quelques instants a few moments; la police a dispersé les quelques manifestants qui restaient the police dispersed the few remaining demonstrators; est-ce qu'il vous reste quelques cartons? do you have any boxes left?; ça dure trois heures et quelques it lasts over three hours.B adv1 ( environ) les quelque deux mille spectateurs the two thousand odd spectators, the two thousand or so spectators; il y a quelque 20 ans de cela it was about 20 years ago; ça lui a coûté quelque 300 euros it cost him about 300 euros; ils étaient quelque deux cents hommes they numbered some two hundred men;2 (si) however; quelque compétents qu'ils soient however competent they may be; quelque admirable que soit son attitude however admirable his attitude may be.C quelque chose pron indéf inv ( affirmatives) something; vous mangerez/boirez bien quelque chose? you'll eat/drink something won't you?; vous avez fait tomber quelque chose you've knocked something over; elle lui a offert un petit quelque chose she gave him a little something; il faut faire quelque chose! we've got to do something!; il y a quelque chose qui ne va pas something's wrong; quelque chose me dit que something tells me that; ils y sont pour quelque chose they've got something to do with it; il se passe quelque chose there's something going on; il leur est peut-être arrivé quelque chose maybe something's happened to them; elle est restée quelque chose comme trois heures she stayed for something like ou for about three hours; il me reste quelque chose comme 200 euros I've got about 200 euros left; quelque chose d'autre something else; quelque chose de mieux/de moins cher something better/cheaper; il m'a dit quelque chose d'incroyable he told me something amazing; il y a quelque chose d'inquiétant chez elle, elle a quelque chose d'inquiétant there's something strange about her; il y aurait quelque chose d'absurde à refuser sa proposition it would be ridiculous to turn down his offer; il boit, c'est quelque chose d'inimaginable! he drinks such a lot, it's unbelievable!; il a quelque chose de son grand-père he's got a look of his grandfather about him; faire quelque chose à qn [événement, substance] to have an effect on sb; il y a quelque chose comme vent aujourd'hui○! there's quite a wind blowing today!; il y avait quelque chose comme monde en ville○ there was quite a crowd in town; c'est quelque chose! tu es toujours en retard! for crying out loud! you're always late; en ce temps-là, être instituteur, c'était quelque chose in those days it was quite something to be a primary school teacher; leur faire ranger leur chambre, c'est quelque chose! getting them to tidy their room is quite an operation!; c'est déjà quelque chose! that's something at least!; ça me dit quelque chose it reminds me of something, it rings a bell.D quelque part loc adv somewhere; ils sont quelque part en Autriche they're somewhere in Austria; il lui a mis son pied quelque part○ euph he gave him a kick in the behind; tu n'aurais pas vu mes clés quelque part? you haven't seen my keys anywhere, have you?E quelque peu loc adv somewhat; ma remarque l'a quelque peu décontenancé he was somewhat taken aback by my remark; il était quelque peu surpris/gêné he was somewhat surprised/embarrassed; il a accepté après avoir quelque peu hésité he accepted after some hesitation.[kɛlk(ə)] déterminant (adjectif indéfini)1. [un peu de] someelle est bizarre depuis quelque temps she's been acting strangely for a ou some time now3. [en corrélation avec 'que']dans quelque pays que tu sois whichever ou whatever country you may be inà quelque heure que ce soit whatever the time, at whatever time————————[kɛlk(ə)] adverbeil y a quelque 40 ans de cela that was about 40 years ago, that was 40 or so years ago2. [en corrélation avec 'que']nous y arriverons, quelque difficile que ce soit we will manage, however difficult it may be————————quelques déterminant (adjectif indéfini pluriel)amène quelques amis bring some ou a few friends alongen quelque sorte locution adverbialec'est en quelque sorte un cheval avec un buste d'homme it is, as it were ou so to speak, a horse with the head and shoulders of a manquelque chose pronom indéfini1. [dans une affirmation] somethingça m'a fait quelque chose de le revoir 20 ans plus tard it was really weird to see him 20 years laterquand il est parti, ça m'a vraiment fait quelque chose when he left, it really affected mes'il m'arrivait quelque chose, contactez mon notaire if anything ou something should happen to me, contact my solicitorça te ferait vraiment quelque chose si je partais? would it really matter to you ou would you feel anything if I left?3. (familier) [dans une approximation]elle a quelque chose comme 80 ans she's about 80 ou 80 or soc'était une Renault 5 ou quelque chose comme ça it was a Renault 5 or something (of the kind) ou like that4. (familier) [emploi expressif]je vais te corriger, quelque chose de bien! I'm going to give you a good ou proper hiding!a. [ton exaspéré] that's a bit much!b. [ton admiratif] that's quite something!quelque part locution adverbiale1. [dans un lieu] somewhere2. (familier & euphémisme) [aux toilettes]3. (familier & euphémisme) [au derrière]————————quelque part que locution conjonctive -
2 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
3 DRAGA
* * *I)(dreg; dró, drógum; dreginn), v.1) to draw, drag, pull;draga heim viðinn, to drag the logs home;draga árar, to pull the oars;absol., drógu þeir skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them;draga boga, to draw the bow;draga segl, to hoist sails (= draga upp segl);draga fisk, to catch, pull up fish with a line;draga kvernstein, to turn the millstone, to grind;við ramman mun reip at draga, it will be pulling a rope against a strong man, i. e. it will be a difficult task;2) to draw, inhale (draga úþefjan með nösum);draga nasir af e-u, to smell a thing;draga öndina, to breathe, live;3) to procure, earn, gain (þegar hann hafði fé dregit sem hann vildi);draga e-m e-t, to procure (or get) one a thing (eigi sögðust þeir vita, at hann drœgi Haraldi ríki);4) to employ as a measure (draga kvarða við viðmál);5) to prolong protract (dvalir þessar drógu tímann);6) to delay, put off, defer;vil ek þessi svör ekki láta draga fyrir mér lengi, I will not wait long for these answers;hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge;7) to delineate, draw a picture (var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli);í þann tíma sem hann dregr klæðaföllin (the folds);8) to trim or line garments (treyjan var dregin útan ok innan við rauða silki);with dat., hjálmr hans var dreginn leiri (overlaid with clay), er áðr var (dreginn) gulli;9) intrans to move, draw;drógu þeir þeim svá nær (came so near to them), at;10) with preps.:draga föt, skóklædi af e-m, to pull off one’s clothes, shoes;draga hring af hendi sér, to take off a ring from one’s hand;dró hann þá grunninu, he pulled them off the shallow;draga e-t af e-u, to draw, derive from a source;draga e-t af, to take off (Þ. hafði látit af draga brúna);draga e-t af við e-n, to keep back, withhold, from one;man héðan af eigi af dregit við oss, henceforth we shall no be neglected, stinted;Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself;draga vél at e-m, to draw wiles around one;draga spott, skaup, at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule;draga at lið, föng, to collect troops, stores;dró at honum sóttin, the illness drew closer to him, he grew worse;impers., dró at mætti hans, dró at um matt hans, his strength declined (fell off);til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew near;þá er dregr at jólum, when Yule drew near;dró at því (the time drew near). at hann væri banvænn;tók þá at draga fast at heyjum hans, his stock of hay was rapidly diminishing;svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd, þorsta, I am so overcome by old age, hunger, thirst;nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, that thou art sinking fast;draga hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand;draga (grun) á e-t, to suspect;draga á vetr, to rear through the winter (Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið);impers., dregr á tunglit, the moon is obscured (= dregr myrkr á tunglit);dimmu þykkir draga á ráðit Odds, it looks as if a cloud was drawing over Odds’ affairs;dregr á gleði biskups, the bishop’s gladness was obscured;draga eptir e-m, to gain on one (Þórarinn sótti ákaft róðrinn ok hans menn, ok drógu skjótt eptir þeim Steinólfi ok Kjallaki);draga eptir e-m um e-t, to approach one, to be nearly equal to one, in a thing;um margar íþróttir (in many accomplishments) dró hann fast eptir Ólafi konungi;draga e-t fram, to produce, bring forward (draga fram athugasamlig dœmi); to further, promote (draga fram hlut e-s);draga fram kaupeyri sinn, to make money;draga fram skip, to launch a ship;impers., dregr frá, (cloud darkness) is drawn off;hratt stundum fyrir, en stundum dró frá, (clouds) drew sometimes over, sometimes off;dregr fyrir sól, tungl, the sun, moon is obscured by clouds or eclipse (tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir);ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar, when showers began to gather;draga e-ð saman, to collect, gather (draga lið, her, skip saman);impers., saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain;saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together;dregr þá saman or dregr saman með þeim, the distance between them grows less;draga e-t í sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin (vil ek eigi draga í sundr sættir yðrar);impers., dregr þá í sundr or dregr í sundr með þeim, the distance between them increases;draga e-n til e-s, to move, prompt, induce;engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, it is not from wantonness that I undertake this journey;slíkt dregr hann til vinsældar, this furthers his popularity;ef hann drógi ekki til, if he was not concerned;draga e-t til dœmis um e-t, to adduce as a proof of;hann hét at draga allt til sætta (to do everything in his power for reconciliation) með þeim Skota konungi;impers., nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out for the worse;with dat., þat samband þeirra, er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will prove fatal to both of them;at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that much mischief would arise from this bargain;dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began all over again;svá er þat, segir R., ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforesceen thing happens;draga e-t undan e-m, to seek to deprive one of a thing (þeir hafa bundizt í því at draga bœndr undan þér);draga e-t undan, to delay (drógu Skotar undan sættina);hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín? why dost thou put off inviting me to come?;draga rót undan (tölu), to extract the root;draga undan e-m, to escape from one (nú lægir seglin þeirra ok draga þeir undan oss);impers., hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape;lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little chance of drawing out of thy reach;draga e-t undir sik, to apropriate or take fraudulently to oneself (hafði dregit undir sik finnskattinn);impers., dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you came in for hard uasge but we escaped;draga upp skip, to drag a ship ashore;draga upp segl, to hoist a sail (sails);draga upp fisk, to pull up fish with a line;impers., þoku dregr upp, fog is coming on;11) refl., dragast.f. only in pl. ‘drögur’,2) metric term, repetition, anadiplosis (when a stanza begins with the last word of the preceding one).* * *pret. dró, pl. drógu; part. dreginn; pres. dreg: pret. subj. drægi: [Lat. trahere; Ulf. dragan, but only once or twice, = επισωρεύειν in 2 Tim. iv. 3; Hel. dragan = portare, ferre (freq.); A. S. dragan; Germ. tragen; the Engl. distinguishes between to drag and draw, whence the derived words to draggle, trail, drawl; Swed. draga; the Danes have drage, but nearly obliterated except in the special sense to travel,—otherwise they have trække, formed from the mod. Germ. tragen]:—to draw, drag, carry, pull.A. ACT., with acc.I. to drag, carry, pull; hann dró þau öll út, Nj. 131; djöfla þá er yðr munu d. til eilífra kvala, 273; d. heim við, to drag the logs home, 53; d. sauði, to pick sheep out of a fold, Bs. i. 646, Eb. 106; d. skip fram, to launch a ship; d. upp, to draw her up, drag her ashore, Grág. ii. 433; dró Þorgils eptir sér fiskinn, Fs. 129; Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself, Eg. 221, 306; dró hann þá af grunninu, Fms. vii. 264; hann hafði dregit ( pulled) hött síðan yfir hjálm, Eg. 375, cp. Ad. 3; d. föt, skóklæði af e-m, to draw off clothes, shoes; þá var dregin af ( stripped off) hosa líkinu, Fms. viii. 265; dró hann hana á hönd ser, he pulled it on his hand, Eg. 378; d. hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand, 306; (hann) tók gullhring, ok dró ( pulled) á blóðrefilinn, id.: phrases, er við ramman reip at d., ’tis to pull a rope against the strong man, i. e. to cope with the mighty, Fms. ii. 107, Nj. 10,—the metaphor from a game; d. árar, to pull the oars, Fms. ii. 180, Grett. 125 A: absol. to pull, ok drógu skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them, Gullþ. 24, Krók. 52: metaph., um margar íþróttir dró hann fast eptir Ólafi, in many accomplishments he pressed hard upon Olave, Fms. iii. 17: d. boga, to draw the bow, x. 362, but more freq. benda ( bend) boga: d., or d. upp segl, to hoist the sails, Eg. 93, Fms. ix. 21, x. 349, Orkn. 260: d. fiska, or simply draga (Luke v. 7), to fish with a hook, to pull up fish with a line (hence fisk-dráttr, dráttr, fishing), Fms. iv. 89, Hým. 21, 23, Fs. 129, Landn. 36, Fas. ii. 31: d. drátt, Luke v. 4; d. net, to fish with a drag-net; also absol., draga á (on or in) á ( a river), to drag a river; hence the metaphor, d. langa nót at e-u, = Lat. longae ambages, Nj. 139: d. steina, to grind in a hand-mill, Sl. 58, Gs. 15: d. bust ór nefi e-m, vide bust: d. anda, to draw breath; d. öndina um barkann, id., (andar-dráttr, drawing breath); d. tönn, to draw a tooth.2. phrases mostly metaph.; d. seim, prop. to draw wire, metaph. to read or talk with a drawling tone; d. nasir af e-u, to smell a thing, Ísl. ii. 136; d. dám af e-u, to draw flavour from; draga dæmi af e-u, or d. e-t til dæmis, to draw an example from a thing, Stj. 13, cp. Nj. 65; d. þýðu eðr samræði til e-s, to draw towards, feel sympathy for, Sks. 358; d. grun á e-t, to suspect, Sturl.; d. spott, skaup, gys, etc. at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule, Bs. i. 647; d. á sik dul ok dramb, to assume the air of…, 655 xi. 3; d. á sik ofbeldi ok dramb, Fms. vii. 20; d. e-n á talar, to deceive one, metaphor from leading into a trap, 2 Cor. xii. 17; d. vél at e-m, to deceive one, draw a person into wiles, Nj. 280, Skv. i. 33; d. á vetr, to get one’s sheep and cattle through the winter; Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið hin firstu misseri, Hrafn. 22, cp. Germ. anbinden, and in mod. Icel. usage setja á vetr; d. nafn af e-m, to draw, derive the name from, Eb. 126 (App.) new Ed.; the phrase, (hann skyldi ekki) fleiri ár yfir höfuð d., more years should not pass over his head, he must die, Þórð.II. to draw a picture; kross let hann d. í enni á öllum hjálmum með bleiku, Fms. iv. 96; þá dró Tjörvi líkneski þeirra á kamarsvegg, Landn. 247; var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli, Ld. 78, Pr. 428; í þann tíma sem hann dregr ( draws) klæða-föllin (the folds), Mar. (Fr.): d. til stafs (mod.), to draw the letters, of children first trying to write; d. fjöðr yfir e-t, a metaph. phrase, to draw a pen over or through, to hide, cloak a thing: gramm. to mark a vowel with a stroke,—a long vowel opp. to a short one is thus called ‘dreginn;’ hljóðstafir hafa tvenna grein, at þeir sé styttir ( short) eða dregnir (drawn, marked with a stroke), ok er því betr dregit yfir þann staf er seint skal at kveða, e. g. ári Ari, ér er-, mínu minni, Skálda 171: to measure, in the phrases, draga kvarða við vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498; draga lérept, N. G. L. i. 323.III. to line clothes, etc.; treyja var dregin utan ok innan við rauðu silki, Flov. 19.IV. metaph. to delay; dró hann svá sitt mál, at…, Sturl. iii. 13; hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge, Hkr. ii. 157; Halldórr dró þá heldr fyrir þeim, H. then delayed the time, Ld. 322; vil ek ekki lengr d. þetta fyrir þér, 284; vil ek þessi svör eigi láta d. fyrir mér lengr, Eb. 130.V. with prepp. af, at, á, fram, frá, saman, sundr, etc., answering to the Lat. attrahere, abstrahere, protrahere, detrahere, distrahere, contrahere, etc.; d. at lið, to collect troops; d. saman her, id., Eg. 172, 269, Nj. 127; d. at föng, to collect stores, 208, 259: metaph., þá dró at honum sóttin, the sickness drew nearer to him, he grew worse, Grett. 119; d. af e-m, to take off, to disparage a person, Fms. vi. 287; d. af við e-n, ok mun héðan af ekki af dregit við oss, we shall not be neglected, stinted, Bjarn. 54: mathem. term, to subtract, Rb. 118: d. fram, to bring forward, promote; d. fram þræla, Fms. x. 421, ix. 254, Eg. 354; skil ek þat, at þat man mína kosti hér fram d. (it will be my greatest help here), at þú átt ekki vald á mér; d. fram kaupeyri, to make money, Fms. vi. 8; d. saman, to draw together, collect, join, Bs. ii. 18, Nj. 65, 76; d. sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin; d. e-t á, to intimate, (á-dráttr) drag eigi á þat, Sturl. iii. 110; d. undan, to escape; kómu segli við ok drógu undan, Fms. iv. 201; nú lægir segl þeirra ok d. þeir nú undan oss, v. 11: metaph. to delay, Uspakr dró þó undan allt til nætr, Nj. 272; hirðin sá þetta at svá mjök var undan dregit, Fms. ix. 251 (undan-dráttr, delay); hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín, Glúm. 326, Fms. ix. 251, Pass. 16. 13: mathem., d. rót undan, to extract a root, Alg. 366; d. upp, to draw a picture (upp-dráttr, a drawing), to pull up, Edda I; to pull out of the snow, Eg. 546; d. út, to extract, draw out, 655 xxxii. 2; d. undir sik, to draw under oneself, to embezzle, Eg. 61, Fms. vii. 128; d. upp akkeri, to weigh anchor, Jb. 403; d. upp segl, to hoist sail, vide above; ljós brann í stofunni ok var dregit upp, Sturl. i. 142; þar brann ljós ok var dregit upp, en myrkt hit neðra, ii. 230; ok er mönnum var í sæti skipat vóru log upp dregin í stofunni, iii. 182; herbergis sveinarnir drógu upp skriðljósin, Fas. iii. 530, cp. Gísl. 29, 113,—in the old halls the lamps (torches) were hoisted up and down, in order to make the light fainter or stronger; d. e-n til e-s, to draw one towards a thing; mikit dregr mik til þess, Fs. 9; engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, i. e. it is not by my own choice that I undertake this journey, Fms. ix. 352; slíkt dró hann til vinsældar, this furthered him in popularity, vii. 175, Sks. 443 B; mun hann slíkt til d., it will move, influence him, Nj. 210; ef hann drægi ekki til, if he was not concerned, 224.2. draga til is used absol. or ellipt., denoting the course of fate, and many of the following phrases are almost impers.; nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out worse, Nj. 175; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, Lat. fata evenient, 185; ef honum vill þetta til dauða d., if this draw to his death, prove fatal to him, 103, Grett. 114; þat samband þeirra er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will be fatal to both of them, Nj. 135; enda varð þat fram at koma sem til dró, Ísl. ii. 263; sagði Kveldúlfr at þá ( then) mundi þar til draga sem honum hafði fyrir boðat, Eg. 75; dró til vanda með þeim Rúti ok Unni, it was the old story over again, Nj. 12; dró til vanda um tal þeirra, 129; at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that mickle mischief would arise from this bargain, 30; dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began over again, Fms. x. 161; ok er úvíst til hvers um dregr, Fs. 6; svá er þat, segir Runólfr, ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforeseen things happen, Nj. 75; hón kvað eigi úlíkligt at til mikils drægi um, Ísl. ii. 19; þá dró nú til hvárttveggja. Bret.; hence til-drög. n. pl. cause.B. IMPERS.1. of clouds, shade, darkness, to be drawn before a thing as a veil; dimmu (acc.) þykir á draga ráðit Odds, it looked as if gloom were drawing over Odd’s affairs, Band. 10; ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar (acc.), it began to draw into showers, i. e. clouds began to gather, Fms. iii. 206: often ellipt., hratt stundum fyrir en stundum dró frá, [ clouds] drew sometimes over, sometimes off, of the moon wading through them, Grett. 114; dregr fyrir sól, [ a veil] draws over the sun, he is hid in clouds; ský vónarleysu döpur drjúgum dró fyrir mína gleði-sól, Bb. 2. 9; dregr á gleði biskups, [ clouds] drew over the bishop’s gladness, it was eclipsed, Bs. ii. 79; eclipsis heitir er fyrir dregr sól eðr tungl, it is called an eclipse when [ a veil] draws over the sun or moon, 1812. 4; tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir, the moonshine was clear, and in turn [ a veil] drew over it, Nj. 118; þá sá lítið af tungli ljóst ok dró ymist til eðr frá, Ísl. ii. 463; þat gerðisk, at á dregr tunglit, ok verðr eclipsis, Al. 54.2. in various connections; dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you were drawn into a thrashing (i. e. got one), but we escaped, Nj. 141; hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape, Fms. ix. 392: absol., a noun or personal pronoun in acc. being understood, lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little power of drawing out of thy reach, i. e. thy blow did its work right well. Nj. 199, 155; hvárki dró sundr né saman með þeim, of two running a dead heat: metaph. phrases, mun annarsstaðar meira slóða (acc.) draga, there will be elsewhere a greater trial left, i. e. the consequences will be still worse elsewhere, 54; saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together, of a loving pair, Bárð. 271; saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain, literally the bargain was drawn tight, Nj. 49; hann hreinsar þat skjótt þóat nokkut im (acc.) hafi á oss dregit af samneyti ( although we have been a little infected by the contact with) annarlegs siðferðis, Fms. ii. 261; allt slafr (acc.) dró af Hafri, i. e. H. became quite mute, Grett. (in a verse): in a temp. sense, til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew nigh, Fms. x. 138; þá er dró at miðri nótt, Grett. 140; þá er dregr at Jólum, Yule drew nigh, Fbr. 138; dregr at hjaldri, the battle-hour draws nigh, Fms. vi. (in a verse); dró at því (the time drew nigh), at hann var banvænn, Eg. 126: of sickness, hunger, or the like, to sink, be overcome by, svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd ok þorsta, at…, Fms. iii. 96; nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, thou art sinking fast, Fas. ii. 221; ok er lokið var kvæðinu dregr at Oddi fast, O. was sinking fast, 321: of other things, tók þá at d. fast at heyjum hans, his stock was very low, Fms. iii. 208; þoku dregr upp, a fog draws on, rises, 97 (in a verse), but ok taki sú poka (nom.) fyrir at d. norðrljósit, Sks. an (better þá þoku, acc.)C. REFLEX, to draw oneself, move; ef menn dragask til föruneytis þeirra ( join them) úbeðit, Grág. ii. 270; Sigvaldi dregsk út frá flotanum, S. draws away from the fleet, Fms. xi. 140; ofmjök dragask lendir menn fram, i. e. the barons drew far too forward, vii. 22; hyski drósk á flótta, they drew away to flight, Fms. vi. (in a verse); skeiðr drógusk at vígi, the ships drew on to battle, iii. 4 (in a verse); dragask undir = draga undir sik, to take a thing to oneself, Grág. ii. 150; dragask á hendr e-m, drógusk opt þeir menn á hendr honum er úskilamenn voru, Sturl. i. 136; dragask e-n á hendr, hann kvað þess enga ván, at hann drægisk þá á hendr, ii. 120; dragask aptr á leið, to remain behind, Rb. 108; dragask út, to recede, of the tide, 438; dragask saman, to draw back, draw together, be collected, Fms. i. 25, Bs. i. 134; e-m dragask penningar, Fms. vi. 9; d. undan, to be delayed, x. 251; the phrase, herr, lið dregsk e-m, the troops draw together, of a levy, i. 94, vii. 176, Eg. 277; dragask á legg, to grow up, Hkr. iii. 108; sem aldr hans ok vitsmunir drógusk fram, increased, Fms. vi. 7; þegar honum drósk aldr, when he grew up, Fs. 9; dragask á legg, to grow into a man; dragask við e-t, to become discouraged, Fms. viii. 65; d. vel, illa, to do well, ill, Fs. 146: to be worn out, exhausted, drósk þá liðit mjök af kulda, Sturl. iii. 20; drósk hestr hans, ii. 75: part. dreginn, drawn, pinched, starved, hestar mjök dregnir, Fms. ix. 276; görðisk fénaðr dreginn mjök, drawn, thin, iii. 208; stóð þar í heykleggi einn ok dregit at öllu megin, a tapering hayrick, Háv. 53: of sickness, Herra Andrés lagðisk sjúkr, ok er hann var dreginn mjök, Fms. ix. 276.β. recipr., þau drógusk um einn gullhring, they fought, pulled. Fas. iii. 387. From the reflex. probably originates, by dropping the reflex. suffix, the mod. Swed. and Dan. at draga = to go, esp. of troops or a body of men; in old writers the active form hardly ever occurs in this sense (the reading drógu in the verse Fms. iii. 4 is no doubt false); and in mod. usage it is equally unknown in Icel., except maybe in allit. phrases as, e. g. út á djúpið hann Oddr dró, Snot 229 new Ed.; to Icel. ears draga in this sense sounds strange; even the reflex. form is seldom used in a dignified sense; vide the references above. -
4 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
5 tout
c black tout, toute [tu, tut]━━━━━━━━━1. adjective3. adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque tout fait partie d'une locution comme en tout cas, tout le temps, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = entier)b. ( = unique) only• pour tout mobilier, il avait un lit et une table the only furniture he had was a bed and a tablec. (indéfini)2. <• tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'il est parti all I know is that he's gone• ne croyez pas tout ce qu'il raconte don't believe everything he tells you► tout ce qu'il y a de ( = extrêmement) most• c'était tout ce qu'il y a de chic it was the last word in chic► avoir tout de + nom• l'organisation a tout d'une secte the organization is nothing less than a sect► à tout va (inf) [licencier, investir, recruter] like mad (inf) ; [libéralisme, communication, consommation] unbridled• à l'époque, on construisait à tout va at that time there were buildings going up everywhere► en tout ( = au total) in all• ça coûte 1 000 € en tout it costs 1,000 euros in all• leurs programmes politiques s'opposent en tout their political programmes clash in every way► en tout et pour tout all in all• il lui reste 150 euros en tout et pour tout he only has a total of 150 euros left► et tout (inf) and everything• avec les vacances et tout, je n'ai pas eu le temps what with the holidays and all (inf), I didn't have time• j'avais préparé le dîner, fait le ménage et tout et tout I'd made the dinner, done the housework and everything► c'est + tout• ce sera tout ? will that be all?• et ce n'est pas tout ! and that's not all!• c'est pas tout ça, mais il est tard (inf) all this is very nice, but it's getting late► ce n'est pas tout de• ce n'est pas tout de faire son métier, il faut le faire bien it's not enough just to do your job, you have to do it well• cette idée avait surpris et pour tout dire n'avait pas convaincu this idea surprised everybody and, to be honest, wasn't convincing• écoutez bien tous ! listen, all of you!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ The final s of tous is pronounced only when it is a pronoun.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━3. <a. ► tout + adjectif ( = très) very ; ( = entièrement) quite• toute petite, elle aimait la campagne as a very small child she liked the country► tout (+ en) + nom• je suis tout ouïe ! I'm all ears!• le jardin est tout en fleurs the garden is a mass of flowers► tout + adverbeb. ( = déjà) tout prêtc. ► tout en + participe présent• je suis incapable de travailler tout en écoutant de la musique I can't work and listen to music at the same time• tout en prétendant le contraire il voulait être élu although he pretended otherwise he wanted to be electedd. (locutions)• vous êtes d'accord ? -- tout à fait ! do you agree? -- absolutely!► tout à l'heure ( = plus tard) later ; ( = peu avant) a short while ago• tout à l'heure tu as dit que... you said earlier that...• ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( = ce n'est pas près d'arriver) it won't happen overnight ; ( = c'est improbable) it's hardly likely to happen4. <a. ( = ensemble) whole• prendre le tout to take all of it (or them)b. ( = essentiel) le tout c'est de faire vite the main thing is to be quick about it• ce n'est pas le tout de s'amuser, il faut travailler there's more to life than enjoying yourself, people have got to workc. (locutions)► du tout• pas du tout ! not at all!* * *tu
1.
en tout — ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect
tout bien compté or pesé or considéré — all in all
tout est là — fig that's the whole point
et tout et tout — (colloq) and all that sort of thing
ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir — it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished
2) tous tus, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/youtoutes tant qu'elles sont — all of them, each and every one of them
est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? — will it suit everybody ou everyone?
2.
1) ( exprimant la totalité)bois tout ton lait — drink all your milk, drink up your milk
2) ( véritable)c'est tout un travail/événement — it's quite a job/an event
3) (devant ce qui/que/dont) ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything‘tu en es sûr?’ - ‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ — ‘are you sure?’ - ‘as sure as can be’
4) ( n'importe quel) anyà tout moment — ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly
5) ( total)en toute innocence/franchise — in all innocence/honesty
6) (unique, seul)il a souri pour toute réponse — his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply
on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages — all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables
en toutes choses — in all things, in everything
toutes les pages sont déchirées — all the pages are torn, every page is torn
nous irons tous les deux — both of us will go, we'll both go
8) ( chaque) tous/toutes les every
3.
adverbe (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1) (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) alltout étonnées/toutes honteuses — very surprised/ashamed
tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner — as a small child she already liked to draw
être tout mouillé/sale — to be all wet/dirty
c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire — it's a different matter altogether
2) ( devant un nom)c'est tout le portrait de sa mère — she's the spitting ou very image of her mother
c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire — it's the very opposite
avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre — you see everything in black and white
3) ( tout à fait)tout à côté de/contre/en haut — right by/against/at the top
ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur — they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat
4) ( d'avance)5) ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although6) (marquant la concession: quoique)tout malin/roi qu'il est, il... — he may be clever/a king, but he...
7) ( rien d'autre que)je suis tout ouïe — hum I'm all ears
4.
du tout locution adverbiale(pas) du tout, (point) du tout — not at all
5.
1) ( ensemble)former un tout — to make up ou form a whole
2)le tout — ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing
le tout est de réussir — the main ou most important thing is to succeed
ce n'est pas le tout! — (colloq) this is no good!
6.
Tout- (in compounds)le Tout-Paris/-Londres — the Paris/London smart set
Phrasal Verbs:••
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier* * *tu, tut tout, -e tous mpl toutes fpl1. adj1) (avec article singulier) alltoute la nuit — all night, the whole night
tout le temps — all the time, the whole time
c'est toute une affaire; c'est toute une histoire — it's quite a business, it's a whole rigmarole
2) (avec article pluriel) (= chaque) every, (idée d'intégralité) alltoutes les deux semaines — every other week, every two weeks
toutes les trois semaines — every three weeks, every third week
tous les deux; Nous y sommes allés tous les deux. — We both went., Both of us went.
Nous y sommes allés tous les trois. — All three of us went.
Je les ai invités tous les trois. — I invited all three of them.
3) (sans article) (= n'importe quel)à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit — at any time of the day or night, (= seul)
pour toute nourriture, il avait... — his only food was..., (= chaque)
de tous côtés; de toutes parts (= de partout) — from everywhere, from every side, (= partout) all around
2. prontous; toutes — all
Il a tout fait. — He did everything.
Il a tout organisé. — He organized everything.
Je les vois tous. — I can see them all., I can see all of them.
Je les connais tous. — I know them all., I know all of them.
Nous y sommes tous allés. — We all went., All of us went.
Nous y sommes toutes allées. — We all went., All of us went.
tout de...; Elle a tout d'une mère. — She's a real mother., She's a true mother.
en tout — all together, altogether
tout ce que...; tout ce qu'il sait — all he knows
C'était tout ce qu'il y a de plus chic. — It was the last word in chic., It was the ultimate in chic.
3. nmCeci forme un tout. — It forms a whole.
Je prends le tout. — I'll take it all., I'll take the whole lot.
le tout est de... — the main thing is to...
4. adv1) (= très, complètement) verytout près; tout à côté — very near
Elle habite tout près. — She lives very near.
le tout premier; la toute première — the very first
tout seul; toute seule — all alone
Il est tout seul. — He's all alone.
Elle est toute seule. — She's all alone.
Il était tout rouge. — He was all red in the face.
Elle était toute rouge. — She was all red in the face.
tout de suite — immediately, straight away
2)tout en... — while...
Il a fait son travail tout en chantant. — He sang as he worked., He sang while he worked.
tout à coup; tout d'un coup — suddenly
tout court; Charles-Henri, pouvez-vous... — Je vous en prie, appelez-moi Charles tout court. — Charles-Henri, could you... — Please, just call me Charles.
communication par internet, mais aussi communication tout court — communication via the internet, but also simply communication
tout à l'heure (passé) — just now, a short while ago
Je l'ai vu tout à l'heure. — I saw him just now., (futur) shortly, in a moment
Je finirai ça tout à l'heure. — I'll finish it in a moment.
* * *A pron indéf1 tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all; penser à tout to think of everything; tout est prêt everything is ready; le sucre, les graisses, le sel, tout me fait mal sugar, fat, salt, everything is bad for me; être tout pour qn to be everything to sb; tout peut arriver anything can happen; le chien mange (de) tout the dog will eat anything; tout est prétexte à querelle(s) any pretext will do to start a quarrel; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout ou rien all or nothing; tout ou partie de qch all or part of sth; tout va bien all's well, everything's fine; en tout ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect; en tout et pour tout all told; et tout ça parce que/pour and all because/for; tout bien compté or pesé or considéré all in all; tout est là fig that's the whole point; c'est tout dire I need say no more; et tout et tout○ and all that sort of thing; et ce n'est pas tout! and that's not all!; ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished; avoir tout d'un singe/assassin to look just like a monkey/murderer; ⇒ bien, monde, salaire, or;2 tous, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you; nous sommes tous des pécheurs we are all sinners; le film n'est pas à la portée de tous the film is not accessible to all; merci à tous thank you all; tous ensemble all together; ce sont tous d'anciens soldats all of them are ou they are all former soldiers; il les a tous cassés he has broken all of them, he's broken them all; il l'a dit devant nous tous he said it in front of all of us; leurs enfants, tous musiciens de talent their children, all of them talented musicians; tous ne sont pas d'accord not all of them agree; toutes tant qu'elles sont all of them, each and every one of them; vous tous qui le connaissez all of you who know him; écoutez-moi tous listen to me, all of you; est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? will it suit everybody ou everyone?B adj1 ( exprimant la totalité) bois tout ton lait drink all your milk, drink up your milk; tout le reste est à jeter everything else is to be thrown away; manger tout un pain to eat a whole loaf; tout Pompéi a été enseveli the whole of Pompeii was buried; tout Nice se réjouit the whole of ou all Nice rejoiced; il a plu toute la journée it rained all day (long) ou the whole day; pendant toute une année for a whole year; la semaine se passa toute à attendre the whole ou entire week was spent waiting; j'ai passé tout mon dimanche à travailler I spent the whole of ou all Sunday working; je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été I haven't seen him all summer; cet enfant est toute ma vie this child is my whole life; c'est tout le plaisir que tu y trouves? is that all the pleasure ou the only pleasure it gives you?; tout le problème est là that's where the problem lies; tout cela ne compte pas none of that counts; le meilleur dentiste de toute la ville the best dentist in town; tout le monde everybody; ⇒ cœur, monde, temps;2 ( véritable) c'est tout un travail/événement it's quite a job/an event; il a fait toute une histoire he made a real ou big fuss, he made quite a fuss; c'est tout un art there's a whole art to it;3 tout ce qui/que/dont ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything; tout ce qui compte all that matters; c'est tout ce que je fais that's all I do; tout ce dont j'ai besoin all I need; j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste I bought everything that was on the list; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he says anything that comes into his head; tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai not all of what he says is true; tout ce que le village compte d'enfants, tout ce qu'il y a d'enfants dans le village all the children in the village; être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable to be most obliging; c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux it's the best there is; ‘tu en es sûr?’-‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ ‘are you sure?’-‘as sure as can be’, ‘absolutely sure’;4 ( n'importe quel) any; à tout âge at any age; de toute nature of any kind; à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit at all times of the day or night; ‘service à toute heure’ ‘24 hour service’; à tout moment ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly; tout prétexte leur est bon they'll jump at any excuse; toute personne qui anyone ou anybody who; toute autre solution serait rejetée any other solution would be rejected; tout autre que lui/toi aurait abandonné anybody else would have given up; toute publicité est interdite all advertising is prohibited; pour toute réclamation, s'adresser à… all complaints should be addressed to…; tout billet n'est pas valable not all tickets are valid; ⇒ vérité;5 (sans déterminant: total) en toute innocence/franchise in all innocence/honesty; en toute liberté with complete freedom; donner toute satisfaction to give complete satisfaction; c'est tout bénéfice it's all profit; il aurait tout intérêt à placer cet argent it would be in his best interests to invest this money; partir en toute hâte to leave in a great hurry; un jardin de toute beauté a most beautiful garden; être à toute extrémité to be close to death; ⇒ épreuve, hasard, prix, vitesse;6 (unique, seul) il a souri pour toute réponse his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply; on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables; elle a un chien pour toute compagnie the only company she has ou all she has for company is a dog;7 tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ v sg); ceci vaut pour tous les candidats this applies to all candidates ou to every candidate; en tous pays in all countries, in every country; en toutes choses in all things, in everything; toutes les pages sont déchirées all the pages are torn, every page is torn; les lettres ont toutes été signées the letters have all been signed; j'ai toutes les raisons de me plaindre I have every reason to complain; tous les hommes sont mortels all men are mortal; il a fait tous les métiers he's done all sorts of jobs; tous les prétextes leur sont bons they'll use any excuse (pour to); meubles tous budgets furniture to suit every pocket; tous deux se levèrent both of them got up, they both got up; nous irons tous les deux both of us will go, we'll both go; je les prends tous les trois/quatre etc I'm taking all three/four etc (of them);8 ( chaque) tous/toutes les every; à tous les coins de rue on every street corner; saisir toutes les occasions to seize every opportunity; tous les jours/mois/ans every day/month/year; tous les quarts d'heure/10 mètres every quarter of an hour/10 metres; un cachet toutes les quatre heures one tablet every four hours; tous les deux jours/mois every other day/month; tous les combien? how often?C adv (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1 (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all; tout doucement very gently; ils sont tout contents they are very happy; elles sont tout étonnées/toutes honteuses they are very surprised/ashamed; être tout excité to be very ou all excited; être tout jeune/petit to be very young/small; tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner as a small child she already liked to draw; c'est tout naturel it's quite natural; des yeux tout ronds de surprise eyes wide with surprise; être tout mouillé/sale to be all wet/dirty; tout seul dans la vie all alone in life; faire qch tout seul to do sth all by oneself; c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire it's a different matter altogether;2 ( devant un nom) c'est tout le portrait de sa mère she's the spitting ou very image of her mother; c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire it's the very opposite; ça m'en a tout l'air it looks very much like it to me; tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir you've got plenty of time to think it over; avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre you see everything in black and white;3 ( tout à fait) la toute dernière ligne the very last line; les tout premiers fruits de l'été the very first fruits of summer; j'habite tout près I live very close by ou very near; tout près de very close to, very near; tout à côté de/contre/en haut right by/against/at the top; il les a mangés tout crus he ate them raw; un gâteau tout entier a whole cake; j'en sais tout autant que lui I know just as much as he does; c'est tout aussi cher it's just as expensive; vêtue tout de noir, tout de noir vêtue dressed all in black; maison tout en longueur very long and narrow house; un jeu tout en finesse a very subtle game; une semaine toute de fatigue a very tiring week; une vie toute de soucis a life full of worry; ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat; être tout en larmes to be in floods of tears; la colline est tout en fleurs the hill is a mass of flowers; elle est tout(e) à son travail she's totally absorbed in her work;4 ( d'avance) tout prêt ready-made; sauces/idées toutes faites ready-made sauces/ideas; des légumes tout épluchés ready-peeled vegetables; ⇒ cuit, vu;5 ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although; il lisait tout en marchant he was reading as he walked; elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable she defended him although she knew he was guilty; ⇒ en;6 (marquant la concession: quoique) tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse however strange it may seem; tout prudemment que l'on conduise however carefully one drives; tout malins qu'ils sont, ils… clever though they may be, they…, they may be clever, but they…; toute reine qu'elle est, elle ne peut pas faire ça she may be a queen, but she can't do that;7 ( rien d'autre que) être tout énergie/muscle to be all energy/muscle; être tout sourires to be all smiles; je suis tout ouïe hum I'm all ears; veste tout cuir/laine all leather/wool jacket; ⇒ feu, sucre.D du tout loc adv pas du tout, point du tout liter not at all; sans savoir du tout without knowing at all; je ne le vois plus du tout I don't see him at all now; il ne m'en reste plus du tout I have none left at all; crois-tu qu'il m'ait remercié? du tout! do you think he thanked me? not at all!1 ( ensemble) former un tout to make up ou form a whole; mon tout ( charade) my whole, my all; du tout au tout completely;2 le tout ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing; vendre le tout pour 200 euros to sell the (whole) lot for 200 euros; le tout est de réussir/qu'il réussisse the main ou most important thing is to succeed/that he should succeed; le Grand Tout Relig the Great Whole; ce n'est pas le tout○! this is no good!tout à coup suddenly; tout d'un coup ( soudain) suddenly; ( à la fois) all at once; tout à fait ( entièrement) quite, absolutely; ce n'est pas tout à fait vrai/pareil it's not quite true/the same thing; c'est tout à fait vrai it's quite ou absolutely true; ‘tu es d'accord?’-‘tout à fait’ ‘do you agree?’-‘absolutely’; il est tout à fait charmant he's absolutely ou perfectly charming; être tout à fait pour/contre to be totally for/against; tout à l'heure ( bientôt) in a moment; ( peu avant) a little while ago, just now; à tout à l'heure! see you later!; tout de même ( quand même) all the same, even so; ( indigné) tout de même! really!, honestly!; ( vraiment) quite; tu aurais tout de même pu faire attention! all the same ou even so you might have been careful!; c'est tout de même un peu fort! really ou honestly, it's a bit much!; c'est tout de même bizarre que it's quite strange that; tout de suite at once, straight away; ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( ce n'est pas pressé) there's no rush; ( ce sera long) it's going to take some time.tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive.[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) adjectif qualificatif (au singulier)il se plaint toute la journée he complains all the time ou the whole day longtout ceci/cela all (of) this/thatj'ai tout mon temps I've plenty of time ou all the time in the worldavec lui, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre with him, it's either (all) black or (all) white2. [devant un nom propre] allj'ai visité tout Paris en huit jours I saw all ou the whole of Paris in a week3. [devant un nom sans article]rouler à toute vitesse to drive at full ou top speeden toute franchise/simplicité in all sincerity/simplicity4. [avec une valeur emphatique]5. (comme adverbe) [entièrement] completely6. [unique, seul] onlyma fille est tout mon bonheur my daughter is my sole ou only source of happiness7. [suivi d'une relative]tout ce qui me gêne, c'est la différence d'âge the only thing ou all I'm worried about is the age differencetout ce qu'il y a de: ses enfants sont tout ce qu'il y a de bien élevés his children are very well-behaved ou are models of good behaviour————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) déterminant (adjectif indéfini)tout citoyen a des droits every citizen has rights, all citizens have rightspour tout renseignement, écrivez-nous for further information, write to usde tout temps since time immemorial, from the beginning of timeen tout temps throughout ou all through historytout autre que lui aurait refusé anyone other than him ou anybody else would have refusedB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [exprimant la totalité] alltous les hommes all men, the whole of mankindtous les gens everybody, everyoneje veux tous les détails I want all the details ou the full details2. [devant un nom sans article]ils étaient 150 000, toutes disciplines/races confondues there were 150,000 of them, taking all disciplines/races together3. [exprimant la périodicité] everytoutes les deux semaines every other week, every second week, every two weeksà prendre toutes les quatre heures to be taken every four hours ou at four-hourly intervals————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) pronom indéfini[n'importe quoi] anythingce sera tout? [dans un magasin] will be that all?, anything else?ce n'est pas tout de faire des enfants, il faut les élever ensuite having children is one thing, but then you've got to bring them upêtre tout pour quelqu'un to be everything for somebody, to mean everything to somebodyon aura tout vu! now I've ou we've seen everything!a. [objets] that's everythingb. [problème] that's the whole point ou the crux of the matteravec toi c'est tout ou rien with you, it's all or nothing ou one extreme or the othertout se passe comme si... it's as though...à tout faire [produit] all-purposetout bien considéré, tout bien réfléchi all things consideredB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [désignant ce dont on a parlé]il y a plusieurs points de vue, tous sont intéressants there are several points of view, they are all interestingj'adore les prunes — prends-les toutes I love plums — take them all ou all of them2. [avec une valeur récapitulative] allJean, Pierre, Jacques, tous voulaient la voir Jean, Pierre, Jacques, they all wanted to see her3. [tout le monde]à vous tous qui m'avez aidé, merci to all of you who helped me, thank youtous tant ou autant que nous sommes all of us, every (single) one of ustout ( féminin toute, pluriel féminin toutes) adverbe (s'accorde en genre et en nombre devant un adjectif féminin commençant par une consonne ou un h aspiré)ils étaient tout seuls they were quite ou completely alonesa chevelure était toute hérissée his/her hair was all messyses tout premiers mots his/her very first wordstout mouillé wet ou soaked through, drenchedtout simplement/autrement quite simply/differentlytéléphone-moi, tout simplement just phone me, that's the easiest (way)une toile tout coton a 100% cotton cloth, an all cotton materialil est toute bonté/générosité he is goodness/generosity itselfça, c'est tout lui! that's typical of him ou just like him!2. [en intensif]tout en haut/bas right at the top/bottom3. [déjà]tout prêt ou préparé ready-madetout bébé, elle dansait déjà even as a baby, she was already dancing4. (avec un gérondif) [indiquant la simultanéité][indiquant la concession]tout en avouant son ignorance dans ce domaine, il continuait à me contredire although he'd confessed his ignorance in that field, he kept on contradicting metout nom masculin1. [ensemble] wholemon tout est un instrument de musique [dans une charade] my whole ou all is a musical instrument2. [l'essentiel]ce n'est pas le tout de critiquer, il faut pouvoir proposer autre chose it's not enough to criticize, you've got to be able to suggest something elsejouer ou risquer le tout pour le tout to risk (one's) alltenter le tout pour le tout to make a (final) desperate attempt ou a last ditch effortc'est un tout it's all the same, it makes no difference————————du tout locution adverbialeje vous dérange? — du tout, du tout! am I disturbing you? — not at all ou not in the least!elle finissait son café sans du tout se soucier de notre présence she was finishing her coffee without paying any attention to us at all ou whatsoever————————en tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout, nous avons dépensé 300 euros all in all, we've spent 300 eurostout à coup locution adverbialetout à fait locution adverbiale2. [exactement] exactlyc'est tout à fait ce que je cherche/le même it's exactly what I've been looking for/the same3. [oui] certainly————————tout de même locution adverbialej'irai tout de même all the same, I'll still go2. [en intensif]tout de même, tu exagères! steady on!, that's a bit much!————————tout de suite locution adverbiale2. [dans l'espace] immediately————————tout... que locution conjonctivetout directeur qu'il est ou qu'il soit,... he may well be the boss,... -
6 RÖST
I)(gen. rastar, pl. rastir), f. a strong current in the sea, race.(gen. rastar, pl. rastir), f. a distance of four or five miles.* * *1.f., gen. rastar, pl. rastir, qs. vröst (?); [cp. reistr, rist; Engl. race; Norm. Fr. raz]:—a current, stream in the sea, such as the Pentland Firth; nú ef maðr hittir hval á röstum út, Gþl. 464; sigldu þeir í röst norðr fyrir Straumneskinum, … féll um sjórinn ok því næst vellti … hann lagðisk út í röstina, Fms. ix. 320; ok er þeir sigldu yfir Petlands-fjörð, var uppi röst mikil í firðinum, x. 145; vestr í röstum, Orkn. 154 (in a verse): in local names, Látra-röst in western Iceland. rasta-fullr, adj. full of currents, Sks. 223.2.f., gen. rastar, pl. rastir, [different from the preceding; Ulf. rasta = μίλιον, Matth. v. 41; A. S. and Engl. rest; O. H. G. rasta; Germ. rast]:—prop. rest, but used only in the metaph. sense of a mile, i. e. the distance between two ‘resting-places,’ or ‘baiting’ points: distances on land were counted by rasts, on sea by vika, which seem to have been of equal length, thus in the old Swed. law, rost at landi, vika at vatni, Schlyter. The ancient Scandinavian rast seems to have answered to the modern geographical mile, which agrees with the Latin mille only in name, its actual distance being that of the rast, not the Roman mille passus. The distances were not measured, but roughly guessed, and varied (like the Swiss stunde) according to the nature of the ground traversed, the rasts through mountains or deserts being shorter than those in an inhabited district; hence such phrases as, þat eru langar tvær rastir, it is two long rasts, Fms. ix. 393; þeir sóttu svá hart þessa eyðimörk, at skammar vóru þá þrettán rastir eptir, thirteen short rasts, viii. 33: the following instances may serve, in Norway the distance from Oslo (the present Christiania) to Eidsvold was counted at eight ‘rasts,’ ix. 376; by Captain Gerhard Munthe’s military map of Norway of A. D. 1827, the distance from Christiania to Eidsvold is about eight geographical miles; þeir fórusk svá nær at eigi var lengra til en röst, 371; þeir ríða síðan útta rastir … þrjár vikur eptir vötnum, 376; riðu þeir nökkura hálfa röst, 523; þat var eina nótt, at eigi var lengra milli náttstaða þeirra en röst, viii. 63; rastar langr, ix. 394, 402; rastar-djúpr, Hým.: of the old forests, Eiða-skógr er tólf rasta langr, Fms. ix. 354; skógr tólf rasta langr, … þann skóg er áttján rasta var yfir, viii. 30, 31; sá skógr er Tvíviðr heitir, hann er tólf rasta breiðr, Rb. 332; fjögurra rasta ok tuttugu, Gullþ. 52:—six ‘rasts’ done afoot in one night is recorded as something extraordinary, Ólafi kom njósnin um kveldit, en þeir gengu um nóttina sex rastir ok þótti mönnum þat furðu-mikit farit, þeir kómu á Ryðjökul um óttu-söng, Fms. vii. 317; átta röstum, Þkv.: an immense distance is given at ‘a hundred rasts,’ hundrað rasta á hverjan veg, Vþm. (Edda 41); hundrað rasta heyrði smell, Skíða R. 150: heim-röst, a homestead; út-röst, the outskirt. -
7 STUND
I)(pl. -ir), f.1) a certain length of time, a while;var s. til dags, it was a while before daybreak;er á leið stundina, in the course of time, after a while;þat var s. ein, it was but a short time;er stundir líða (fram), as time goes on;dvelja af stundir, to kill the time;lítil er líðandi stund, brief is the fleeting hour;2) adverbial phrases;af stundu, ere long, soon;af annarri stundu, ‘the next while’, ere long;á lítilli stundu, in a little while;fyrir stundu, a while ago;langri stundu fyrr, a long while before;um s., for a while;litla (skamma) s., for a short while;allar stundir, always;alla s., all the time;s. af s., s. frá s., little by little, by degrees;stundum (dat.), at times, sometimes3) little distance, a little way, a bit (hann stóð s. frá dyrunum);4) hour;tvær stundir dags, two hours;5) pains, exertion;leggja s. á e-t, to take pains about a thing.n. dust (gneri hann of andlit honum moldar stundinu).* * *f., dat. stundu, pl. stundir, with neg. suff. stund-gi, q. v.; [A. S. stund; Old Engl. stound; Dan. stund; Germ. stunde]:—a certain length of time, a while, hour, of a longer or shorter time according to the context, mostly of a short time; en er at þeirri stundu kom at hón mundi barn ala, Fms. i. 14; var stund til dags, it was a while before daybreak, Ld. 44; stund var í milli ( a good while) er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; langa stund eðr skamma, for a long while or a short, Grág. i. 155; langri stundu fyrr, long ere, Fms. ix. 450; litla stund, a little while, for a short time, MS. 623. 32, Bs. i. 42, Eg. 160; jafnlanga stund sem áðr var tínt, Grág. i. 406; er á stundina líðr, er á leið stundina, in the course of time, after a while, Fms. x. 392, 404; jarl mælti er stund leið, after a while, Fær. 93; þat var allt á einni stundu, er … ok, that was all at the same moment, Bs. i. 339; var ok stundin eigi löng, it was but a short time, Fms. iv. 361; þat var stund ein, but a short time, 623. 32; allar stundir, always, Fms, i. 219, xi. 76; nú líða stundir, the the time passes on, Fær. 23; er stundir líða, as time goes on, in course of time, Nj. 54; vera þar þeim stundum sem hann vildi, whenever he liked, Ísl. ii. 205; stundu eptir Jól, a while after Yule, Fms. ix. 33; stundu síðarr enn Skalla-Grímr hafði út komit, Eg. 137;. alla stund, the whole time, all the time, Fær. 123; á þeirri stundu, er …, during the time, that…, in the meantime. Fms. xi. 360, K. Þ. K. 33 new Ed.; á þessi stundu, Eg. 424; fyrir stundar sakir, in respect of time, Gþl. 31; but um stundar sakir, but for a while; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 23 new Ed.; hann gáði eigi stundanna, Fms. v. 195: savings, opt verðr lítil stand at seinum, Líkn.; lítil er líðandi stund, brief is the fleeting hour, Hkr. i. 154; hvat bíðr sinnar stundar, Grett. 168 new Ed.: allit., staðr ok stund, place and time.2. adverbial phrases; af stundu, ere long, soon, Íb. 12; fundusk þeir af stundu, Sighvat; munu þeir margir hans úvinir af stundu, er …, Ld. 146, Fms. vii. 159, xi. 357; af annarri stundu, ‘the next while,’ ere long, Band. 27 new Ed.; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Ölk.; um stund, for a while, Fb. i. 170, Ísl. ii. 260; nú um stund, now for a while, Grág. i. 317: stundum (dat.), [cp. A. S. stundum], at times, sometimes, Ld. 256, Fms. i. 14; optliga allar saman en stundum ( but now and then) sér hverir, 52; stundum … stundum, sometimes … sometimes, Sks. 96; gaus upp eldrinn stundum en stundum sloknaði, alternately, Nj. 204.3. in a local sense, a certain little distance, a little way, a bit; hann stóð stund frá dyrunum, Bs. i. 660; hann hafði tjaldat upp frá stund þá; stund þá, a bit, Fms. xi. 85; jarðhús-munna er stund þá var brott frá bænum, Fær. 169; þar í brekkunni stund frá þeim, Rd. 316; stund er til stokksins önnur til steinsins, Hbl., cp. Germ. stunde.4. gen. stundar, stundar hríð, a good while, Hkr. i. 150: very, quite, with an adjective, stundar fast, Grett. 84 new Ed.; stundar-hart, Fms. iv. 153; stundar hátt, vi. 303, Eg. 408; stundar mikill, Þorf. Karl. 426; öx stundar mikil, Fbr. 12; stundar heilráðr, Eb. 54.II. an hour, adding ‘dags’ (cp. Lat. hora diei); í dægri era stundir tólf, Rb. 6; önnur, þriðja stund dags, Mar., Fms. iii. 57; eina stund dags, 623. 29; tvær stundir dags, two hours, Fms. x. 218; of þrjár stundir dags, 623. 14.III. metaph. care, pains, exertion; leggja stund á e-t, to take pains, Ísl. ii. 341; leggja hér mikla stund á, to make great exertion, Boll. 354; leggja mesta stund á, Nj. 31; leggja minni (litla, önga) stund á, Ísl. ii. 347.COMPDS: stundarél, stundarhríð, stundaklukka, stundarstefna, stundatal, stundarvegr, stundarþögn. -
8 grand
grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]1. adjectivea. ( = de haute taille) tall• quand il sera grand [enfant] when he grows up• tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl nowd. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, bige. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] greatf. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leadingg. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big• je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!h. ( = principal) main• la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] bigj. ( = remarquable) greatk. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grandl. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] loftym. ( = exagéré) faire de grandes phrases to voice high-flown sentimentsn. ( = beaucoup de) cela te fera (le plus) grand bien it'll do you the world of good• grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!2. adverb3. masculine nouna. ( = élève) senior boyb. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, sonc. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places4. feminine nouna. ( = élève) senior girl5. compounds━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES CONCOURS ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION* * *
1.
grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big2) (nombreux, abondant) large, biglaver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]
3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] bigla grande majorité — the great ou vast majority
5) ( principal) main6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] nobleLouis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit
les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US
9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violentà grands cris — loudly; cas, remède
11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-soundinget voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end
2.
3.
adverbe wideouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears
4.
nom masculinles cinq grands — Politique the Big Five
5.
en grand locution adverbialePhrasal Verbs:* * *ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e1. adj1) (= de haute taille) tallIl est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.
2) (= aîné)C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.
3) (= adulte)Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...
4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large5) (importance, stature) greatC'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.
les grandes lignes CHEMINS DE FER — the main lines
6) (ampleur, degré)les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.
7) (intensif)Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.
2. adv3. nm/f1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girlIl est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.
C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.
2) (= personnage)4. nm* * *A adj1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.B nm,f1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of HonourGB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfastGB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectifA.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]grand A/B/C capital A/B/Cune grande tour a high ou tall towerun grand fleuve a long ou big riveravoir de grands pieds to have big ou large feetmarcher à grands pas to walk with great ou long strides3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big[aîné - frère, sœur] big4. [qui dure longtemps] long5. [intense, considérable] greatpendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summerun grand incendie a major ou great firela grande majorité de the great ou vast majority ofils plongent à une grande profondeur they dive very deep ou to a great depth7. [entier]elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week9. GÉOGRAPHIE10. ZOOLOGIEB.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our timece sont de grands amis they're great ou very good friendsles grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great4. [dans une hiérarchie]les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime5. [noble]avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing6. [généralementéreux]il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart7. [exagéré] biggrands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language8. [fameux, reconnu] greatun grand journaliste a great ou top journalistil ne descend que dans les grands hôtels he only stays in the best hotels ou the most luxurious hotelsle grand film de la soirée tonight's big ou feature filmles grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history9. HISTOIRE10. [omnipotent, suprême] greatC.[EN INTENSIF]sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interestsa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his gardenun grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sistercette cuisine a grand besoin d'être nettoyée this kitchen really needs ou is in dire need of a cleantoute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the familyjamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I acceptà sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise————————, grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin1. [enfant - d'un certain âge][en appellatif]merci mon grand! thanks, son!allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl[en appellatif]alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?[personne de grande taille]pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back————————adverbe1. [vêtement]2. (locution)3. [largement]4. ART————————nom masculin1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment2. [entrepreneur, industriel]les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers————————grands nom masculin plurielÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUEles grands [les puissants] the rich (and powerful)les grands de ce monde the people in (positions of) power ou in high places————————en grand locution adverbiale[complètement] on a large scaleil faut aérer la maison en grand the house needs a thorough ou good airinggrande école nom féminingrand ensemble nom masculingrande surface nom fémininThe grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training). -
9 παρά
πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.A beside: hence,A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:I of Place,πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
;παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.;παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
;πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.;δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
;φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173;σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.II commonly of Persons,1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
;παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.;ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
.ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
;ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; soοἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
;σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158;πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
;ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
;εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
;κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb,ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc.,μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
;π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
;ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
;δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.II of persons, beside,πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
;κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.;παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
;δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.2 at one's house or place, with one,μένειν π. τισί 9.427
;θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
;φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
;καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(butπαρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands,τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
;ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.3 before, in the presence of,ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge,δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
;π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
;π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
;παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
;εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,I beside, near, by,II along,III past, beyond.I beside, near, by:1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.;βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.;φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
;καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases asἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
;καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c;στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
;τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
;κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
;τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί); εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
;τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.;τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
;τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ;ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2);μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103;ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6;τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
;π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
;φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae);προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; ;οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
;ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).d throughout a period of time,π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
;π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
;π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
;π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.II along,ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
;βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
;π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
;ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
;π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.2 strictly according to, without deviating from,εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.III past, beyond,παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
;π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
;π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; ;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).8 of a limit of possibility,εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.G IN COMPOS.,I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.IV metaph.,2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.) -
10 διά
διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]A WITH GEN.I of Place or Space:1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons,διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; ;δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose,τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755;δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν: throughout,Th.
1.14; idly,Id.
4.126, etc. (cf.111.1.c).2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer,ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
;δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398;τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
;δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.;θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of..,Ath.
10.438b.3 in the midst of, Il.9.468;κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between,δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence,ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
;τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
;εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along,παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48);λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94;δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
;δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
;ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.II of Time,1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13;δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
;δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
;δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
;δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97;δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.);δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058;δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;δ. τέλους
from beginning to end,A.
Pr. 275, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,δ. παντός
continually,A.
Ch. 862 (lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77;δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
;ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045;δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone,δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
;οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91;δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals,δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285;ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).III causal, through, by,a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113;δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.;τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
;δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.);ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands),δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13);δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
;ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
;δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
;δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
;αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b;δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
;δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.),δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c;δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
;δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
;οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
;δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, ; ;βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
;οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91;δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888;δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
;δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.;δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9;ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60;δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
;δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416;δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32;δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.;δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683;δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; .B WITH Acc.I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:1 through,ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
;ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62;δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
;ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
;φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).2 through, among, in,οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
;ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; soδ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
;ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
);δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; (lyr.).II of Time, also Poet.,δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.III causal:1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of,νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121;δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of,δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249;οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for..,εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
;Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74;εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558;πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41;Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523;δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6;δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I);δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.D IN COMPOS.:I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.) -
11 AUGA
* * *(gen. pl. augna), n.1) eye;lúka (bregða) upp augum, bregða augum í sundr, to open (lift up) the eyes;lúka aptr augum, to shift the eyes;renna (bregða, leiða) augum til e-s, to turn the eyes to;leiða e-n augum, to measure one with the eyes;berja augum í e-t, to take into consideration;koma augum á e-t, to set eyes on, become aware of;hafa auga á e-u, t have, keep, an eye upon;segja e-t í augu upp, to one’s face, right in the face;unna e-m sem augum í höfði sér, as one’s own eye-balls;e-m vex e-t í augu, one has scruples about;náit er nef augum, the nose is neighbor to the eyes;gløggt er gests augat, a guest’s eye is sharp;mörg eru dags augu, the day has many eyes;eigi leyna augu, ef ann kona manni, the eyes cannot hide it if a woman loves a man;2) hole, aperture in a needle (nálarauga), in a millstone (kvarnarauga) or an axe-head;3) pit full of water.* * *n., gen. pl. augna, [Lat. oculus, a dimin. of an obsolete ocus; Gr. οφθαλμός (Boeot. οκταλμός); Sanskr. aksha: the word is common to Sanskrit with the Slavonic, Greek, Roman, and Teutonic idioms: Goth. augo; Germ, auge; A. S. eâge; Engl. eye; Scot. ee; Swed. öga; Dan. öje, etc. Grimm s. v. suggests a relationship to Lat. acies, acutus, etc. The letter n appears in the plur. of the mod. northern languages; the Swedes say ‘ögon,’ oculi, the Danes ‘öjne;’ with the article ‘ögonen’ and ‘öjnene;’ Old Engl. ‘eyne;’ Scot. ‘een’]I. an eye. It is used in Icel. in a great many proverbs, e. g. betr sjá augu en auga, ‘two eyes see better than one,’ i. e. it is good to yield to advice: referring to love, unir auga meðan á sér, the eye is pleased whilst it can behold (viz. the object of its affection), Fas. i. 125, cp. Völs. rím. 4. 189; eigi leyna augu, ef ann kona manni, the eyes cannot bide it, if a woman love a man, i. e. they tell their own tale, Ísl. ii. 251. This pretty proverb is an απ. λεγ. l. c. and is now out of use; it is no doubt taken from a poem in a dróttkvætt metre, (old proverbs have alliteration, but neither rhymes nor assonance, rhyming proverbs are of a comparatively late date): medic., eigi er sá heill er í augun verkir, Fbr. 75; sá drepr opt fæti ( slips) er augnanna missir, Bs. i. 742; hætt er einu auganu nema vel fari, he who has only one eye to lose will take care of it (comm.); húsbóndans auga sér bezt, the master’s eye sees best; glögt er gests augat, a guest’s eye is sharp; mörg eru dags augu, the day has many eyes, i. e. what is to be hidden must not be done in broad daylight, Hm. 81; náið er nef augum, the nose is near akin to the eyes (tua res agitur paries quum proximus ardet), Nj. 21; opt verðr slíkt á sæ, kvað selr, var skotinn í auga, this often happens at sea, quoth the seal, when he was shot in the eye, of one who is in a scrape, Fms. viii. 402. In many phrases, at unna ( to love) e-m sem augum í höfði sér, as one’s own eye-balls, Nj. 217; þótti mér slökt it sætasta ljós augna minna, by his death the sweetest light of my eyes was quenched, 187: hvert grætr þú nú Skarphéðinn? eigi er þat segir Skarphéðinn, en hitt er satt at súrnar í augum, the eyes smart from smoke, 200: renna, líta augum, to seek with the eyes, to look upon: it is used in various connections, renna, líta ástaraugum, vánaraugum, vinaraugum, trúaraugum, öfundaraugum, girndarauga, with eyes of love, hope, friendship, faith, envy, desire: mæna a. denotes an upward or praying look; stara, fixed; horfa, attentive; lygna, blundskaka, stupid or slow; blína, glápa, góna, vacant or silly; skima, wandering; hvessa augu, a threatening look; leiða e-n a., to measure one with the eyes; gjóta, or skjóta hornauga, or skjóta a. í skjálg, to throw a side glance of dislike or ill-will; gjóta augum is always in a bad sense; renna, líta mostly in a good sense: gefa e-u auga, oculum adjicere alicui; hafa auga á e-u, to keep an eye on it; segja e-m e-t í augu upp, to one’s face, Orkn. 454; at augum, adverb. with open eyes, Hervar. S. (in a verse), etc. As regards various movements of the eyes; ljúka upp augum, to open the eyes; láta aptr augun, to shut the eyes; draga auga í pung, to draw the eye into a purse, i. e. shut one eye; depla augum, to blink; at drepa titlinga (Germ. äugeln, blinzen), to wink, to kill tits with the suppressed glances of the eye; glóðarauga, a suffusion on the eye, hyposphagma; kýrauga. proptosis; vagl á auga, a beam in the eye; skjálgr, Lat. limus; ský, albugo; tekinn til augnanna, with sunken eyes, etc., Fél. ix. 192; a. bresta, in death: hafa stýrur í augum, to have prickles in the eyes, when the eyes ache for want of sleep: vatna músum, ‘to water mice,’ used esp. of children weeping silently and trying to hide their tears. As to the look or expression of the eyes there are sundry metaph. phrases, e. g. hafa fékróka í augum, to have wrinkles at the corners of the eyes, of a shrewd money getting fellow, Fms. ii. 84, cp. Orkn. 330, 188, where krókauga is a cognom.; kvenna-króka, one insinuating with the fair sex; hafa ægishjalm í augum is a metaphor of one with a piercing, commanding eye, an old mythical term for the magical power of the eye, v. Grimm’s D. Mythol. under Ægishjalmr: vera mjótt á milli augnanna, the distance between the eyes being short, is a popular saying, denoting a close, stingy man, hence mjóeygr means close: e-m vex e-t í augu (now augum), to shrink back from, of a thing waxing and growing before one’s eyes so that one dares not face it. As to the shape, colour, etc. of the eye, vide the adj. ‘eygr’ or ‘eygðr’ in its many compds. Lastly we may mention the belief, that when the water in baptism touches the eyes, the child is thereby in future life prevented from seeing ghosts or goblins, vide the words úfreskr and skygn. No spell can touch the human eye; en er harm sá augu hans (that of Loki in the shape of a bird), þá grunaði hann (the giant) at maðr mundi vera, Edda 60; í bessum birni þykist hón kenna augu Bjarnar konungs sonar, Fas. i. 51, vide Ísl. Þjóðs.II. meton. and metaph. auga is used in a great many connections:α. astron.; þjaza augu, the eyes of the giant Thiazi, is a constellation, probably the Dioscuri, Castor and Pollux; the story is told in the Edda 47, cp. Harbarðsljóð 19; (Snorri attributes it to Odin, the poem to Thor.)β. botan., auga = Lat. gemma, Hjalt. 38; kattarauga, cat’s eye, is the flower forget-me-not.γ. the spots that form the numbers on dice, Magn. 530.δ. the hole in a millstone; kvarnarauga, Edda 79, 221, Hkr. i. 121: the opening into which an axe handle is fastened, Sturl. ii. 91: a pit full of water, Fs. 45: nálarauga, a needle’s eye: vindauga, wind’s eye or window (which orig. had no glass in it), A. S. eag-dura (eye-door); also gluggi, q. v.: gleraugu, spectacles.ε. anatom., the pan of the hip joint, v. augnakarl, Fms. iii. 392: gagnaugu, temples.ζ. hafsauga, the bottom of the ocean, in the popular phrase, fara út í hafsauga, descendere ad tartara.η. poët. the sun is called heimsauga, dagsauga, Jónas 119.COMPDS either with sing. auga or pl. augna; in the latter case mod. usage sometimes drops the connecting vowel a, e. g. augn-dapr, augn-depra, augn-fagr, etc. auga-bragð (augna-), n. the twinkling of an eye, Hm. 77; á einu a., in the twinkling of an eye, Ver. 32, Edda (pref.) 146, Sks. 559, Rb. 568: a glance, look, snart a., Fms. ii. 174; mikit a., v. 335; úfagrligt a., Fs. 43; hafa a. af e-u, to cast a look at, Fbr. 49, Fms. xi. 424: in the phrase, at hafa e-n (or verða) at augabragði, metaph. to make sport of, to mock, deride, gaze at, Stj. 627, 567, Hm. 5, 29. auga-brun, f. the eye-brow. auga-staðr, m. an eye-mark; hafa a. á e-u, to mark with the eye. auga-steinn (augna-), m. the eye-ball, Hkr. iii. 365, Fms. v. 152. augna-bending, f. a warning glance, Pr. 452. augna-blik, n. mod. = augnabragð, s. augna-bólga, u, f. ophthalmia. augna-brá, f. the eye-lid, D. N. i. 216. augna-fagr and aug-fagr, adj. fair-eyed, Fas. ii. 365, Fms. v. 200. augna-fró, f. a plant, eye-bright, euphrasia, also augna-gras, Hjalt. 231. augna-fræ, n. lychnis alpina. augna-gaman, n. a sport, delight for the eyes to gaze at, Ld. 202, Bær. 17, Fsm. 5 (love, sweetheart). augna-gróm, n. (medic.) a spot in the eye; metaph., ekki a., no mere speck, of whatever can easily be seen. augna-hár, n. an eye-lash. augna-hvannr, m. the eye-lid. augna-hvita, u, f. albugo. augna-karl, n. the pan of the hip joint; slíta or slitna or augnaköllunum, Fas. iii. 392. augna-kast, n. a wild glance, Barl. 167. augna-kláði, a, m. psorophthalmi. augna-krókr, n. the corner of the eye. augna-lag, n. a look, Ld. 154. augna-lok, n. ‘eye-covers,’ eye-lids. augna-mein, n. a disease of the eye. augna-mjörkvi, a, m. dimness of the eye, Pr. 471. augna-ráð, n. expression of the eye. augna-skot, n. a look askance, Gþl. 286, Fs. 44 (of cats). augna-slím, n. glaucoma. augna-staðr, m. the socket of the eye, Magn. 532. augna-sveinn, m. a lad leading a blind man, Str. 46. augn-tepra, u, f. hippus. augna-topt, f. the socket of the eye. augna-verkr, m. pain in the eye, Hkr. ii. 257, Bs. i. 451, Pr. 471, Bjarn. 58. augna-vik, n. pl. = augnakrókr. augna-þungi, a, m. heaviness of the eye, Hkr. ii. 257. -
12 HRÍÐ
(pl. -ir), f.1) storm, esp. snowstorm; h. mikla gerði at þeim, laust á fyrir þeim h. mikilli, they were caught by a violent snow-storm;2) attack, onset, in a battle (hörð, snörp h.);3) a while; nökkura h., for a while; langa (litla) h., a long (little) while; þessar hríðir allar, all this while; um h., for a while (hann dvaldist þar um h.); um hríðir sakir = um hríð; í hríðinni, immediately, at once (hann fór í hríðinni upp til Hofs); hríðum, frequently (stundum í Hvammi, en hríðum at Stað);4) space, distance (var þó h. löng í millum).* * *f. [A. S. hrîð a απ. λεγ. in the poem Widsith; Scot. and North. E. snow-wreath]:—a tempest, storm, in old writers only of a snow storm, as also in present use, except in western Icel., where rain and sleet are also called hríð; hríðir ok íllviðri, Rb. 102; hríð mikla görði at þeim, Nj. 263; hríð veðrs, 282; önnur hríð kom þá menn riðu til alþingis (A. D. 1118) ok drap fé manna fyrir norðan land, Bs. i. 74; í ógurligum hríðum, 656 B. 12; þá görði á harða veðráttu ok hríðir á fjallinu, ok hinn sjötta dag Jóla höfðu þeir hríð, Sturl. iii. 215; þá gerði at þeim hríð svá mikla, at hríðin drap til dauðs son hans frumvaxta, Fms. vi. 31; þá létti hríðinni, a violent snow storm, Bjarn. 55; síðan létti upp hríðinni, Fb. ii. 194; laust á fyrir þeim hríð mikilli, Dropl. 10; en hríðin hélzt hálfan mánuð ok þótti mönnum þat langt mjök, 11; þá kom hríð sú á Dymbildögum at menn máttu eigi veita tíðir í kirkjum, Bs. i. 30; hríð með frosti, Fas. iii. 318.2. metaph. a shock, attack, in a battle; hörð, snörp, hríð, Fms. ii. 323, viii. 139, Hkr. iii. 158, Nj. 115, Eg. 492, passim; þá lét jarlinn binda postulann ok berja svipum, en er gengnar vóru sjau hríðir ( rounds) bardagans, 656 B. 4; Dags-hríð, Orra-hríð, Ó. H. ch. 227, Fms. vi. 421.3. medic., in plur. paroxysms of pain, of fever; hafa harðar hríðir, sóttar-hríðir, paroxysms of fever: but esp. pangs of childbirth (fæðingar-hríðir); Forðum lögðust fjöll á gólf | fengu strangar hríðir, rendering of ‘parturiunt montes’ of Horace, Grönd.II. the nick of time:1. a while; nökkura hríð, for a while, Nj. 1; langa hríð, a long while, Ó. H. 31; litla hríð, a little while, Fas. iii. 48; langar hríðir, for long spells of time, Fms. vii. 199; þessar hríðir allar, all this while, Hkr. i. 211; á lítilli hríð, in a short while, Sks. 232 B; um hríð, or (rarely) um hríðir, for a while, Ó. H. 32, Fs. 8, Eg. 59, 91, 95; enn of hríð, Ísl. ii. 360; um hríðar sakir, id., Fs. 134; orrinn er um hríð ( a while ago) var nefndr, Stj. 77; sem um hríð ( for a while) var frá sagt, 104: in plur., þau vandræði er á þetta land hafa lagzt um hríðir, N. G. L. i. 445; höfu vér nú um hríðir iðuliga skoðat hana, Gþl. v.2. adverb, phrases,α. hríðum, frequently; at þeir væri hríðum at Staðarhóli, Sturl. i. 62; stundum í Hvammi en hríðum at Stað, 193; hann mælti allt til andláts síns ok söng hríðum ór psaltera, Fms. vii. 227, cp. Hdl. 38.β. í hríðinni, immediately, at once; hann fór í hríðinni upp til Hofs, Fms. ix. 520; báru þeir hann þá í hríðinni ofan í Naustanes, Eg. 398; þegar í hríðinni (= Lat. jam jam), Stj. 7; þásk hans bæn þegar í hríðinni, 272, 274; þá bað Sveinn at þeir færi til Sandeyjar, ok fyndisk þar, þvíat hann lézk þangat fara mundu í hríðinni, Orkn. 388; létusk þá enn sex menn í hríðinni, Eb. 278; þrem sinnum í hríðinni, thrice in succession, D. N. ii. 225; so also, í einni hríð, all at once, Tristr. 6.III. local (rare), space, distance; Erlingr ríðr mest, þar næst Ubbi, ok var þó hríð löng á millum, Mag. 9; stundar-hríð, Hkr. i. 150. -
13 LANGR
a.1) long, of space and time (langt sverð, löng stund);2) neut., langt, long, far, distant; þeir áttu eigi langt til eyjarinnar, they had no long distance to the island;3) e-m er langt at e-m, one is interested in a person; hvat er yðr langt at þessum mönnum, what interest do you take in these men?;4) long, wearisome (þér mun langt þykkja hér á heiðinni).* * *löng, langt, adj., compar. lengri, superl. lengstr, [common to all Teut. languages]:—long, of space and time; löng sverð, Fas. i. 379; af löngu skeggi, Skálda 181; lengri hina eptri fætr, Stj.; þóat sú sé lengri, N. G. L. i. 44; þeir lifa opt langan aldr er með orðum eru vegnir, a saying = Engl. words break no bones, Nj. 252; hann fékk eigi mælt tveim orðum lengra samfast, Hkr. ii. 138; Föstudagr inn langi, Long Friday, Good Friday, passim; langt líf, Hom. 12; mjök langa hríð, Nj. 94; þá er dagr er sem lengstr, þá er nótt er sem lengst, Landn. (pref.); vili þér þiggja lengra líf, Fms. vi. 166; sigr þinn mun eigi langr vera, xi. 23; höfum vér eigi heyrt þessa sögu lengri, we have not heard this story any farther, i. e. here ends the tale, Njarð. (fine); þat er löng saga at segja, ‘tis a long story to tell, Fms. xi. 99; seint er um langan veg at spyrja tíðenda, a saying, Edda 31; endi-langr, liggja endi-langr, to lie at full length; hón lagðisk sem hón var löng hjá honum, Karl. 47: long in prosody, Skálda 175, 179.II. neut. long, far, distant; langt á milli fjalls ok fjöru, Landn. 57; ok áttu eigi langt til eyjarinnar, Fms. i. 41; langt í brott, a long way off, far away, Stj. 195; langt mun yðr flestum til at ér veiðit svá, Ó. H. 78; fljótið var svá mikit, at langt var um úreitt, that it was impassable far beyond that, Nj. 63; hann seildisk upp svá hátt sem hann mátti lengst, Edda 33; svá langt vestr, at engi hefir síðan lengra eignask, Landn. 41; lið kom vel til hans ór héruðum, en fátt kom um lengra, Fms. iv. 385; þvíat þeir ætluðu ekki lengra í kveld en til Höfðabrekku, Nj. 252; ok þurfti þar eigi lengra at grafa til vatns en í djúpum dölum, Edda (pref.); langt mun í milli vera lítilmennsku minnar ok þess hins mikla áhuga er þér býr í brjósti, Fms. iv. 80: in the saying, leita langt um skammt, cp. Lat. quod petis hic est, Nj. 207.III. adverbial phrases; of langt, far off, þá sá hann of langt krossinn, 656 B. 5; langt frá, far from it! langt-um, by far; langtum betra, better by far.2. löngu or laungu, long since; sá ek þetta löngu á hans yfirbragði, Fms. i. 141; svá sem ek sagða yðr löngu, 139; sem mér sagði löngu hugr um, Nj. 191; mjök löngu, very long ago, Sks. 117; seg oss ný tíðendi, löngu fundumsk vit næst, we have not seen one another for an age, Bjarn. 15: fyrir löngu, long ago; þat vissa ek fyrir löngu at ek var vel kvæntr, Gísl. 69; hann hafði tekinn verit ór jörðu fyrir löngu áðr, Fms. i. 51: löngum, long, mostly, continuously; Eirekr var löngum með föður sínum, 6; hón var löngum um nætr á kirkju at bænum sínum, Ld. 328; en þó löngum ( mostly) vel stiltr, Nj. 38; þeir vóru samflota, svá at hvárir vissu löngum til annarra, Eg. 126: compar. lengrum, longer; lengrum en lög stóðu til, Fms. xi. 99; þeir skolu skipta vikum eða smærum, ok eigu þeir at ráða er lengrum vilja skipta, Grág. ii. 350: superl. lengstum, mostly, most of the time; höfuðborg sú er Geira sat í lengstum, Fms. i. 101; hann var þó lengstum at Grjótá, Nj. 135; gamanmál er þit munut lengstum um tala, Ld. 306.IV. metaph. longing, taking interest in; hvat er yðr langt at þessum mönnum, hvárt mægð eðr frændsemi, what interest take you in these men? Fms. ii. 211; hann lét eigi ráða, hvárt menn vóru tignir eða útignir, eðr honum mikit at langt eða lítið, Rb. 364.2. neut. long, weary; langt þykki mér, ligg ek einn saman, Eg. (in a verse); þat vil ek, at þú komir til heimkynna minna, þvíat þér mun langt þykkja hér á heiðinni, Grett. 130 new Ed.V. in many local names, Lang-ey, Langa-nes, Langa-hlíð, Langa-land (the Danish island), etc., Landn.; see below.B. COMPDS: langabein, langabúr, langidjákn, Langafasta, Langifrjádagr, Langaspjót, langatöng.II. lang-afi, a, m. a great grandfather. lang-amma, u, f. a great grandmother; langömmu-bróðir, -systir, a great granduncle, aunt. lang-áss, m. a purlin, opp. to þvertré, Fms. ix. 512. lang-bakki, a, m. (see bakki 2); in the phrase, skjóta í langbakka, to stave off for a long time, Fms. x. 132. lang-band, n. the purlin along the roof in a house. lang-barðr, m. a halberd, Hkm. 7; Edda (Gl.) reckons it amongst swords: name of a serpent, Edda (Gl.) Lang-barðar, m. pl. the Lombards, either from their beard (barð) or battle axe (barða), Skv. 3, Greg. 63. Langbarða-land, n. Lombardy, Mart. lang-bein, n. = langabein, a nickname, Ann. lang-bekkr, m. a long bench, bench lengthways, opp. to þverbekkr, Fms. vi. 193, Sturl. i. 142, iii. 182. Lang-brók, f. ‘Long-breek,’ nickname of a lady on account of her tall stature, Nj. lang-eldar, m. pl. long fires (see eldr II), Eb. 276, Nj. 15, Korm. 144. lang-ermar, f. pl. long sleeves, Fms. vii. 321. lang-feðgar, m. pl. agnate-forefathers, ancestors by the father’s side, counted upwards, Hkr. i. 1, Eg. 2, Nj. 158. langfeðga-kyn, n. the lineage of langfeðgar, Hkr. i. 14. langfeðga-nöfn, n. pl. the name of one’s langfeðgar, Edda 153 (pref.) langfeðga-tal, n. a tale or roll of langfeðgar, agnate pedigree, Eg. 536: the name of an old historical work containing ancient pedigrees of kings, Hkr. i. (pref.) langfeðga-tala, u, f. = langfeðgatal, Nj. 25. langfeðga-ætt, f. = langfeðgakyn, Fms. x. 158. lang-feðgin, n. pl. ancestors, agnate and cognate. lang-feðr, m. pl. = langfeðgar, and langfeðra-tal, n. = langfeðgatal, Gþl. 284, Stj. 331, Fagrsk. 151, Hom. 46. lang-feðri, n. = langfeðgar, Landn. 167. lang-ferð, f. a long journey, Sturl. ii. 185, Fs. 51, Bs. ii. 162. langferða-maðr, m. one who ‘fares’ far, a far traveller, Fs. lang-frami, a, m. lasting fame, Orkn. 466, Fb. ii. 513, Mar.; á langframann, mod. til langframa, adverb. for good, Rétt, 4. 25. lang-fættr, adj. long-legged, Stj. 276. lang-för, f. = langferð, Eb. 298. lang-gæði, n. long-lasting, corrupt from langæð. lang-gæðr and langæðligr, adj. a later and inferior form for langær, langæligr, Bs. i. 62, Fas. iii. 57. lang-háls, m. long-neck, a nickname, Landn. lang-hálsaðr, adj. long-necked, Njarð. 364. lang-hendr, adj. with long hands, Ld. 298. Lang-hlíðingar, m. pl. the men from Langahlíð, Sturl. lang-húfr, m. long-hulk, name of a ship, Bs. lang-húsa, að, to run, in a pun (langhús = rann), Krók. 63, 64. lang-hyggja, u, f. long-suffering, Barl. 42. lang-höfðaðr, adj. long-beaked, of a ship, Hkv. 1. 24. lang-höfði, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. lang-knakkr, m. a kind of bench, Finnb. 310. lang-lega, u, f. a long stay, of a weatherbound ship, Fms. ix. 296; as also of long sickness in bed. lang-leggr, m. the long leg, bone of a leg of mutton, Bárð. 176, Háv. 40. langleggjar-stykki, n. a leg of mutton, Háv. 40. lang-leiði, n. lengthwise; langleiði sín á milli, at a long distance, Stj. 73, Eg. 579. lang-leikr, m. length, Stj. 346. lang-leitr, adj. long-faced, Fms. i. 155, ii. 20, vii. 175, 321, Þiðr. 174, Bs. i. 72. lang-liðit, n. part. after a long time, Bs. ii. 133. lang-liga, adv. for a long time past, = mod. langalengi, Js. 24, Sturl. iii. 297, Fas. ii. 268. lang-lífi, n. long life, Fms. vii. 73, K. Þ. K. 60. lang-lífr, adj. long-lived, Fs., Fms. iii. 173. lang-loka, u, f. ‘long-lock,’ a kind of eight-lined verse in which the first and the last line make a sentence, whilst the six between them are intercalary, of which Edda (Ht.) 14 furnishes a specimen: in mod. usage langloka is a poem not divided into strophes, for specimens of which see Snót 72, 215. lang-lund, f. long-suffering, langlundar-geð, n. id. lang-minni, n. a long memory. lang-minnigr, adj. having a long memory, Nj. 30, v. l.: long to be remembered, Pr. 158. lang-mælgi, f. long-winded talk, Fms. v. 225. lang-mæli, n. long talk, Hom. 125, Bs. ii. 117. lang-mæltr, part. long-spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316, Hom. (St.) lang-nefjaðr, adj. long-nosed, Sturl. ii. 133, iii. 105. lang-nefjur, f. pl. rowlocks, Edda (Gl.) lang-nefr, m. long-nose, a nickname, Sturl. lang-niðjar, m. pl. a descending lineage by the father’s side, pedigree of agnates, counted downwards, Vsp. 16; opp. to landfeðgar when counted upwards in time. lang-nætti, n. the long night, Fr. lang-orf, n. a long handle of a scythe, Korm. 38, Sturl. i. 180, Sks. 358. lang-pallr, m. a dais along (not across) the hall, Fms. vi. 439. lang-reið, f. a long ride, Vígl. 61. lang-ræða, u, f. a long talk, Fms. ix. 252. lang-ræðr, part. long-spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316. lang-ræki, n. rancour, an unforgiving temper, N. G. L. ii. 417, Hom. 33, 143. lang-rækr, adj. having a long memory, brooding long over past wrongs, Anal. 171, Eb. 42, Bret. 92, Þiðr. 181, Fas. iii. 520. lang-samlega, adv. incessantly. lang-seta, u, f. a long stay, Vm. 113. lang-setis, adv. lengthways, lang-skepta, u, f. a long-shafted spear, Karl. 405. lang-skeptr, part. long-shafted, Sks. 388, Fs. 64. lang-skip, n. a long ship, a kind of large ancient ship of war, distinguished from the lesser skeið, both being distinguished from the merchant’s knörr (cp. Gr. ναυς μακρα, Lat. longa navis), Hkv. 2. 11, Ó. H., Fms. passim, Eg. 37, 42; langskips mastr, rá, segl, a mast, yard, sail of a long ship, Sturl. i. 194, Eg. 198, 515, Fms. vii. 30, passim. langskipa-görð, f. building of a langskip, Gþl. 121. langskips-búza, u, f. = langskip, Hkr. ii. 143. langskips-menn, m. pl. the crew of a long ship, Fms. ii. 16, Fs. 92. lang-skör, f. the lower hem of a tent, Fas. i. 372. lang-staðinn, part. of old date, long-standing, Lv. 77. lang-stóll, m. a long seat, Vm. 7, Fas. i. 84. lang-stræti, n. a long street, Fms. viii. 319. lang-sýnn, adj. far-sighted, Fas. i. 157. lang-sæi, f. a far sight, Edda i. 544. lang-sær, adj. long-sighted, prophetic, Lv. 81. lang-talaðr, part. long-spoken, Fms. i. 288. lang-úðigr, adj. = langrækinn, Hkr. iii. 252. lang-vari, a, m.; til langvara, to last long, Njarð. 376. lang-vaxinn, part. longish, Fms. ii. 59. lang-vé, mod. lang-vía, u, f. a bird, columbus troile, Edda (Gl.) lang-viðir, m. pl. the long timbers in a house or ship, N. G. L. i. 65, 100, Hom. 95. lang-viðri, n. pl. long-continued weather, heat, cold, or the like; langviðrum skal eyða grund, Mkv. 24; cp. Ísland eyðist af langviðrum ok lagaleysi, Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 438. lang-vinnr, adj. long-lasting, of sickness, bad weather, or the like. lang-vinr, m. a friend of long standing, Hm. 157, Fas. ii. 64, Bárð. 173; langvinirnir rjúfask sízt, a saying, Grett. 184 new Ed. lang-vist, f. a long abode, Hom. 9, Fr.: adv. langvistum, staying long, Fbr. 33, Fms. vii. 112, Eg. 227, Fs. 149. lang-vængr, m. long wing (?), Vm. 27. lang-þili, n. the wainscot lengthwise, opp. to þverþili, Gþl. 346. lang-æð, f. long-lasting; til langæðar eða fullnaðar, Bs. i. 740, Ant. 112. lang-æliga, adv. for a long time, Sturl. ii. 186, MS. 625. 77. lang-æligr, adj. long-lasting, Stj. 47, Fas. i. 171, Bs. i. 311. lang-ær, adj. [langr and æ = ever, or akin to Germ. ew, ewig], long-lasting; langætt musteri, MS. 677. 6: vegsama föður þinn ok móður, svá at þú sért langær yfir jörðinni, Stj. 301 (Fifth Commandment); hverr eldrinn mun vera heitari ok langærri, Fms. vii. 37; má vera at sigrinn verði ekki langær, ii. 10; at langær friðr standi í þessu landi, Bs. i. 572. -
14 ἀπόστασις
B ([etym.] ἀφίσταμαι) emanation,εἰδώλων -σεις Epicur.Fr. 320
.2 slackness, of bandages, Gal.18(2).806.3 defection, revolt,ἀπό τινος Hdt.3.128
;τὴν Κυπρίων ἀ. πρῆξαι Id.5.113
;τὴν Αἰγύπτου ἀ. παρασκευάζεσθαι Id.7.4
;ἀ. ἐκ τῆς ξυμμαχίας Th.5.81
;ἀ. πρός τινα Id.1.75
;διπλῆν ἀ. ἀποστήσεσθαι Id.3.13
; ἀ. τῶν Ἀθηναίων, for ἀπὸ τ. Ἀ., Id.8.5; but τὰςΜεσσηνίων ἀ. Pl.Lg. 777c
.4 departure from, ; separation of effect from cause, Procl.Inst.35; giving up, cession,ἀ. τῶν κτημάτων D.19.146
; desisting from, disuse of,φάσεως S.E.P.1.192
;τῶν ἀπροαιρέτων Arr.Epict.4.4.39
.5 distance,ἁ ἀφ' ἡμῶν ἀ. Archyt.1
;ἀφεστάναι τῇ αὐτῇ ἀ. ᾗπερ.. Pl.Phd. 111b
; ,cf. 546b;ἐκ μικρᾶς ἀ. Arist.Aud. 800b7
;τῇ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀ. Id.HA 503a21
; ἐκ τῶν ἀ. according to their distances, Id.Cael. 290b22; of time,κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ νῦν ἀ. Id.Ph. 223a5
; ἐξ ἀποστάσεως at a certain distance, Plb.3.114.3;ἐν ἀποστάσει Id.3.113.4
, Phld.Herc.19.25;κατ' ἀποστάσεις Hanno Peripl.13
.6 Rhet., employment of detached phrases, Hermog.Id.1.10, Aristid.Rh.1p.462S., Philostr.VS1.9.1(pl.), Ep.73.7 lapse, declension, Plot. 1.8.7,5.1.1.II place where something is put away, repository, storehouse, Str.17.1.9, Philippid.14, Heraclid.Pol.72.III Medic.,suppurative inflammation, throwing off the peccant humours left by fever, etc., Hp.Epid.3.4(pl.), Aret.SD1.9, Aristid.Or.47(23).68.2 of diseases, transition from one to another, Hp.Epid.1.6; στραγγουριώδης ἀ. ib.3.1ά.3 lesion of continuity, Gal.18(2).820.4 degree of heat, cold, etc., Id.11.561, al.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπόστασις
-
15 ὀλίγος
A little, small, freq. in Hom., rarer later, opp.μέγας, σάκος Il.14.376
;κῦμα Od.10.94
, etc. ; ὀλίγῃ ὀπί with small, low voice, 14.492 ; of stature, 9.515 ;ὀ. κῶρος Theoc.1.47
;οὐκ ὀλίγης αἷμα βοὸς κέχυται Call.Aet.Oxy.2080.85
; of Space,ὀ. χῶρος Il.10.161
, etc. ; of Time,χρόνος 19.157
,23.418, Pi. N.7.38, etc. ;ἐν βραχεῖ κὠλίγῳ χρόνῳ S.Fr. 646
(cf. IV. 3).2 sts. in a sense between that of Size and Quantity,ὀ. δόσις Od.6.208
; not copious,Hp.
Epid.1.2 ; ὑποστάσιες ὀλίγαι slight sediments, ib.17 ; ὀ. καὶ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 23a ;οὐδὲν ἢ ὀ. Arist.PA 651b17
.3 of Degree, ὀ. καὶ μέγας of low and high degree, Callin.1.17.II of Number, few, or of Quantity, little, not in Hom., freq. in [dialect] Att., Ar.Av. 1417, Eq. 717, etc., but rare in Trag., asὀλίγα κακά A.Pers. 330
.—The governing body in Oligarchies and the oligarchical party in Democracies was called οἱ ὀ., Th.6.38,8.9, etc. ; ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν ὀ. δυναστεία, αἱ διὰ τῶν ὀ. δυναστεῖαι, Pl.Plt. 291d, D.60.25 ;ἑνὸς καὶ πλήθους τὸ ὀ. μέσον Pl.Plt. 303a
.2 c. inf., ὀλίγους.. στρατιῇ τῇ Μήδων συμβαλεῖν too few to engage.., Hdt.6.109, cf. 7.207 ;μὴ.. αἱ σφέτεραι δέκα νῆες ὀλίγαι ἀμύνειν ὦσιν Th.1.50
.III neut. ὀλίγον as Adv., a little, slightly, little, with Verbs,ὀ. παρακλίνας Il.23.424
, cf. 11.52, 12.452 ; ;ὀ. τοῦ ποιήματος προελθών Pl.Prt. 339d
: also neut. pl.,ἠκροβολίσαντο ὀλίγα Th.3.73
.2 with comp. Adjs.,ὀλίγον προγενέστερος Il.23.789
;ὀ. ἧσσον Od.15.365
;στιβαρώτερον οὐκ ὀ. περ 8.187
;φέρτερος οὐκ ὀ. περ Il.19.217
; ὀ. τι πρότερον, v.l. for ὀλίγῳ, Hdt.4.79,81, cf. Pl.Plt. 262b, etc. ;ὀ. ὕστερον Id.Grg. 454b
, etc. ; but ὀλίγῳ is more freq. in Prose, Hdt. ll.cc. (with v.l.), 7.113, al., Pl.Grg. 460c, R. 327c, etc.IV special Phrases:1 ὀλίγου δεῖν almost (v. δεῖ II); ὀλίγου ἐδέησε καταλαβεῖν wanted but little of overtaking, Hdt.7.10.γ' : hence ὀλίγου alone, within a little, allbut, almost,ὀλίγου σεκύνες διεδηλήσαντο Od.14.37
, cf. Ar.Ach. 348, 381,Nu. 722, Lys.14.17, Pl.Prt. 361b, D.19.334, etc. ;ὀ. ἅπαντες Pl.Ap. 22b
;ὀ. ἐς χιλίους
close upon1
, 000, Th.4.124 ; ὀ. ἦλθεν ἑλεῖν (v. infr. 9) Paus.1.13.6.2 at a short distance,E.
Ph. 1098, Th.2.89,3.21, dub. in A.Th. 762 (lyr.) ; for (during) a short time, Th.1.77,2.85,3.43 ; within or after a short time, Id.6.11,47,7.39, etc. ; but3 ἐν ὀλίγῳ ( χώρῳ is added in Hdt. 9.70) in a small space, within small compass, E.Supp. 1126 (lyr.) ;ἐν ὀ. στρατοπεδευομένοις Th.4.26
; κυκλωθέντων ἐν ὀ. ib.96 ;εἰς ταὐτὸ πάντα.. ἁθροίσαντ' ἐν ὀ. D.3.18
; also ἐν ὀ. (sc. χρόνῳ) for a brief time, Pi.P.8.92 ; but also, in a short time, quickly,ἔγνων καὶ περὶ τῶν ποιητῶν ἐν ὀ. τοῦτο Pl.Ap. 22b
, cf. Th.4.55, Act.Ap.26.28.b ἐν ὀλίγοις one among few, i.e. exceedingly, remarkably,ποταμὸς ἐν ὀ. μέγας Hdt.4.52
;ἐν ὀλίγοισι Περσέων.. ἀνὴρ δόκιμος Id.9.41
: freq. in later writers, Plu. Pomp.10, Hld.3.1 ; so σὺν ὀλίγοις, v. infr. 10.4 ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, suddenly,ἐξ ὀ. καὶ δι' ὀργῆς Th.2.11
, cf. 61,4.108, etc.6 for a short time,Hp.
Prorrh.1.26, Plot. 4.4.29, Gp.7.12.22, 10.7.10, etc. ; a little at a time, Hp.VC18 ;εἴρηται ἐν τῷ [βιβλίῳ] ἐπ' ὀλίγον
a little way on, near the beginning,Gal.
15.428.7 by little and little,Th.
1.69, Pl.Ti. 85d, Luc. Nec.11, etc. ;ἐκ τοῦ κατ' ὀ. D.S.15.34
, Ath.Med. ap. Orib.1.2.6 : but the Adj.freq. takes the gender and number of its Subst.,κατ' ὀλίγους Hdt.2.93
, 8.113 ; οὗτοι κατ' ὀλίγους γινόμενοι ἐμάχοντο fought few at a time, in small parties, Id.9.102, cf. Pl.Tht. 197d ; κατ' ὀλίγον μαχεῖται (sc. τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν) Th.4.10.9 παρ' ὀλίγον with little to spare, only just, (lyr.) ; to within a short distance of,παρ' ὀ. ἦλθε.. ἐκπεσεῖν Plb. 2.55.4
, cf. 18.46.12 ; but10 σὺν ὀλίγοις, = ἐν ὀλίγοις, ἐπαινεθῆναι Plu.Galb.3 ; v. supr. IV.3b.V regul. Adv. ὀλίγως is rare, 2 Ep.Pet.2.18, Aq. Is.10.7 ;οὐκ ὀ. AP12.205
(Strat.).VI Comparison:1 the [comp] Comp. is commonly supplied by μείων, ἥσσων, or ἐλάσσων (qq.v.) ; the older form ὀλείζων (fr. Ολειγ-ψων ) is found in Hom., λαοὶ δ' ὑπ' ὀλείζονες ἦσαν ( ὑπολίζονες codd.) Il.18.519 ; so in [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.76.8 (written ὄλεζον ib.63.17, al.) ; τοῖσι.. ὀλείζοσι μυστηρίοισιν ib.6.76, cf. 95 ; ὀλείζους is prob. in X.Ath.2.1 ( μείζους codd.) ; so in Alexandrian Poets, Call.Jov.72 ( ὀλίζοσι codd.), AP9.521 ; ἐς ὀλίζονας ἀστέρας ἄρκτου Poet. ap. Theodos. in HilgardExc.exHdn.p.19 ; also , ὀλίζωνα ib. 372 ; ὀλιζότερος is found in Id.Al. 479, Opp.C.3.65, 394, cf. ὀλιζόω ; ὀλιγώτερος is found in Hp.Virg. I (with the sense weaker, v. supr. 1.4), S.E.M.1.70, App.Pun.42, Mith.24, Ael.NA2.42,6.51.2 [comp] Sup. ὀλίγιστος, η, ον, always of Number or Quantity, Il.19.223, Hes.Op. 723, IG12.54.7, Ar.Ra. 115, Pl. 628, Pl.R. 473b, al. ; ὀλιγίστου, [comp] Sup. of ὀλίγου (cf. IV. I), very nearly, Phot., Hsch. (ubi ὀλιγωστοῦ) ; ὀλίγιστον as Adv., least, very little, Pl.R. 587b ;τὸ ὀ.
at least,Id.
Prm. 149a ;ὡς ὀλίγιστα Id.Grg. 510a
, Lg. 953a (v.l. ὀλιγοστά) ;ἐν ὀλιγίστῳ διασαφῶν Eust.1262.54
; soδι' ὀλιγίστων Pl.Ep. 351d
(interpol.). (Aspirated in papyri of ii-iii A.D., asμεθ' ὁλίγον BGU388.11
, cf. 146.10.) -
16 ALL-
may be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, very, extremely.* * *may in old writers be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, like Engl. very, Lat. per-, Gr. οια-, ζα-. In common talk and modern writings it is rare (except after a negative), and denotes something below the average, viz. tolerably, pretty well, not very well; but in the Sagas, something capital, exceeding. In high style it may perhaps be used in the old sense, e. g. allfagrt ljós oss birtist brátt, a transl. of the Ambrosian hymn, Aurora lucis rutilat. The instances in old writers are nearly endless, e. g. all-annt, n. adj. very eager, Fms. ii. 41; ironically, 150. all-apr, adj. very sore, very harsh, v. apr. all-auðsóttligt, n. adj. very easy, Fs. 40. all-auðveldliga, adv. very easily, Fms. iv. 129. all-auðveldligr, adj. very easy, Fms. v. 331. all-auðveldr, adj. id., Fbr. 158: neut. as adv., Hkr. ii. 76. all-ágætr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 76. all-áhyggjusamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very careful, Fms. vi. 184. all-ákafliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hot, impetuous, Hkr. i. 234, ii. 32. all-ákaft, adj. very fast, Nj. 196. all-áræðiliga, adv. very likely, Fær. 183. all-áræðislítill, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 217. all-ástúðligt, n. adj. very hearty, intimate, Fms. ii. 20. all-banvænn, adj. very likely to prove mortal, Orkn. 148. all-beinn, adj. very hospitable, Fms. ii. 84, Eb. 286: neut. as adv., Fær. 259. all-beiskr, adj. very harsh, bitter, Sturl. iii. 167. all-bert, n. adj. very manifest, Lex. Poët. all-bitr, adj. very biting, sharp, Sks. 548. all-bitrligr, adj. of a very sharp appearance, Vígl. 20. all-bjartr, adj. very bright, Fms. viii. 361. all-bjúgr, adj. very much bent, curved, Ölkofr. 39. all-blár, adj. very blue, Glúm. 394. all-blíðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blithely, kindly, Fær. 132. all-blíðr, adj. very mild, amiable, Sd. 158, Fms. i. 202. all-bráðgörr, adj. very soon mature, Eb. 16. all-bráðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hastily, Orkn. 72. all-bráðr, adj. very hot-headed, Njarð. 370: neut. as adv. very soon, Fms. xi. 51: dat. pl. all-bráðum, as adv. very suddenly, 139. all-bros-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, laughable, Fms. iii. 113. all-dasigr, adj. very sluggish, Lex. Poët. all-digr, adj. very big, stout; metaph. puffed up, Nj. 236. all-djarfliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very boldly, Fms. ii. 313, Orkn. 102. all-djúpsettr, adj. very deep, thoughtful, Bret. 158. all-drengiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bold, gallant, Lv. 110. all-dræmt, n. adj. very boastfully, from dramb, superbia, (the modern word is dræmt = slowly, sluggishly); þeir létu a. yfir sér, boasted, Sturl. ii. 56. MS. Mus. Brit. 1127; Cod. A. M. has allvænt, prob. wrongly. all-dyggr, adj. very doughty, Lex. Poët. all-dýrr, adj. very dear, Fms. iii. 159. all-eiguligr, adj. very worth having, Sd. 146. all-eina (theol.), á Guð alleina (a hymn), alone: Hkr. iii. 339 (in a spurious chapter). all-einarðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sincere, candid, open, Ld. 334. all-eldiligr and -elliligr, adj. of a very aged appearance, Fms. iii. 125. all-fagr, adj. very bright, fair, Orkn. 296 old Ed.: neut. as adv. very fairly, Sturl. i. 72. all-fast, n. adj. very firmly, steadfastly, Eb. 290, Fær. 259. all-fastorðr, adj. very ‘wordfast,’ very true to his word, Fms. vii. 120. all-fálátr, adj. very taciturn, close, Fas. iii. 408. all-fáliga, adv. on very cold terms, Sturl. iii. 298. all-fámáligr, adj. very close, of very few words, Fms. iii. 85, iv. 366. all-fámennr, adj. followed by very few people, Sturl. ii. 122, Magn. 386. all-far, adj. very few, Eg. 512, Ld. 272, Ísl. ii. 356: neut. on very cold terms, Fms. xi. 55. all-fáræðinn, adj. of very few words, Fms. iv. 312. all-feginn, adj. very ‘fain,’ glad, Eg. 240, Ld. 330. all-feginsamliga, adv. very ‘fain,’ gladly, Eg. 27. all-feigligr, adj. having the mark of death very plain on one’s face, v. feigr, Sturl. iii. 234. all-feitr, adj. very fat, Fms. x. 303. all-ferliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very rudely, Fms. iv. 263. all-fémikill, adj. very costly, Ld. 298. all-fjarri, adv. very far, far from, metaph., Hkr. ii. 246; eigi a., not improper, Fbr. 15. all-fjartekit, part. very far-fetched, Skálda 166. all-fjölgan, adj. acc. very numerous (does not exist in nom.), Sks. 138 A. all-fjölkunnigr, adj. very deeply versed in sorcery, Fms. ii. 175, Fas. i. 412. all-fjölmeðr and -mennr, adj. followed, attended by very many people, much frequented, Eg. 724, 188, Hkr. i. 215: n. sing. in very great numbers, Fms. i. 36. all-fjölrætt, n. adj. very heedful, much talked of, Nj. 109. all-forsjáll, adj. very prudent, Hom. 115. all-framr, adj. very famous, Lex. Poët.; very far forward, Grett. 161 A. all-frekliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very daringly, impudently, Fas. i. 24. all-frekr, adj. too eager, too daring, Fms. vii. 164. all-friðliga, adv. in very great peace, Lex. Poët. all-fríðr, adj. very beautiful, Eg. 23, Hkr. i. 225, ii. 354, Fms. i. 2. all-frjáls, adj. very free, independent, v. alfrjáls. all-fróðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very wise, learned, Sks. 306 B. all-fróðr, adj. very learned, Sks. 30. all-frægr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 324, Hkr. i. 232, ii. 187, Ld. 122. all-frækiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj., and all-frækn, adj. and -liga, adv. very bold, boldly, Ísl. ii. 267, Hkr. i. 239, Fms. i. 121. all-fúss, adj. and -liga, adv. very eager, eagerly, Eg. 488, Fms. xi. 89. all-fýsiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very desirable, Eg. 19, 468. all-fölr, adj. very pale, Lex. Poët. all-gagnsamr, adj. very profitable, gainful, Ísl. ii. 56. all-gamall, adj. very old, Hkr. i. 34. all-gegniliga and -gegnliga, adv. very fittingly, Sturl. ii. 63. all-gemsmikill, adj. very wanton, frolicsome, Sturl. ii. 57. all-gerla and -görviligr, v. -görla, -görviligr. all-gestrisinn, adj. very hospitable, Háv. 40. all-geysilegr, adj. and -liga, adv. very impetuous, Fms. x. 81. all-gildliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with a very grand air, Grett. 121. all-gildr, adj. very grand, Lex. Poët. all-giptusam-liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very lucky, Fms. x. 53. all-glaðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very joyfully, joyful, Fms. iii. 143, Lv. 55. all-glaðr, adj. very joyful, Eg. 163, Ld. 176. all-gleymr, adj. very gleeful, mirthful, in high spirits, [glaumr], verða a. við e-t, Sturl. iii. 152, Eb. 36. all-glæsiliga, adj. and -ligr, adv. very shiny, Eb. 34, Fas. iii. 626, Fms. ix. 430. all-glöggsær, adj. very transparent, dearly visible, metaph., þorf. Karl. 380. all-glöggt, n. adj. very exactly, Hkr. iii. 253, Fas. iii. 13. all-góðmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very kindly, kind, Mag. 6. all-góðr, adj. very good, Nj. 222, Eg. 36, 198. all-greiðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very easy, easily, Eb. 268: neut. as adv., Eb. l. c. all-grimmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grimly, fiercely, Fas. iii. 414. all-grimmr, adj. very cruel, fierce, Hkr. iii. 167. all-grun-samliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Ísl. ii. 364. all-göfugr, adj. very distinguished, Eg. 598, Bs. i. 60. all-görla, adv. very clearly, precisely, Hkr. iii. 133, Fms. xi. 15. all-görviligr, adj. very stout, manly, Fms. ii. 28. all-hagstæðr, adj. with a very fair wind, Sturl. iii. 109. all-harðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hard, stern, Fas. i. 382. all-harðr, adj. very hard, stern, Fms. i. 177: n. sing. severely, Nj. 165, Grág. i. 261. all-háskasamligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hazardous, Fms. v. 135. all-heiðinn, adj. quite heathen, Fs. 89 (in a verse). all-heilagr, adj. very sacred, Lex. Poët. all-heimskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very foolish, frantic, Hkr. ii. 190, Fas. iii. 293. all-heimskr, adj. very silly, stupid, Eg. 376, Grett. 159. all-heppinn, adj. very lucky, happy, Lex. Poët. all-herðimikill, adj. very broad-shouldered, Eg. 305. all-hermannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very martial, Fms. xi. 233. all-hjaldrjúgr, adj. very gossipping, chattering, Lv. 57: neut. as adv., Vápn. 10. all-hógliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very gently, Fms. xi. 240, vi. 274. all-hóleitr and -háleitr, adj. very sublime, Hom. 23. all-hór and -hár, adj. very high, tall, v. -hár. all-hratt, n. adj. in all speed, Lex. Poët. all-hraustliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bravely, Fms. viii. 289, Eb. 34. all-hraustr, adj. very valiant, Fms. viii. 267. all-hreystimannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very valiantly, Fms. xi. 95. all-hrumliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very infirmly from age, Fas. ii. 91. all-hræddr, adj. very much afraid, Fbr. 94. all-hræðinn, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 155. all-huml;mgsjúkr, adj. very grieved, heart-sick, Hkr. i. 243, Fms. vi. 133. all-hvass, adj. of the wind, blowing very sharp, Fms. ix. 20, Lex. Poët. all-hyggi-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very carefully, Fas. iii. 610. all-hýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blandly, with a very bright face, Fas. iii. 636. all-hæðiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very ridiculous, Finnb. 312. all-hældreginn, adj. walking very much on one’s heels, dragging the heels very much in walking, of an aged or beggarly person, Band. 9. all-hœgliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very softly, meekly, Fms. xi. 389. all-hœlinn, adj. very bragging, Lex. Poët. all-iðinn, adj. very diligent, laborious, Bs. i. 278. all-illa, adv. and -illr, adj. very badly, bad, wicked, Nj. 242, cp. ilia; ill-willed, Eg. 542: compar., vera allver um, to be worse off, Nj. 221 (Ed. allvant); angry, Lv. 145; disgraceful, Eg. 237; unfortunate, Sturl. ii. 47. all-jafnlyndr, adj. very calm, even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287. all-kaldr, adj. very cold, Vápn. 21. all-kappsamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with very much zeal, liberally, Hkr. i. 271; veita a., of hospitality, Ld. 292; mæla a., frankly, peremptorily, 296. all-kappsamr, adj. very eager, vehement, Eg. 187. all-karlmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very manfully, Fms. x. 141. all-kaupmannliga, adv. in a very businesslike, tradesmanlike way, Fms. v.255. all-kátligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, Grett. 112. all-kátr, adj. very joyful, Nj. 18, Eg. 44, 332. all-keppinn, adj. very snappish, Lex. Poët. all-kerskiligr and -keskiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very sarcastic, biting, Sturl. ii. 196. all-klókr, adj. very shrewd, Hkr. iii. 317. all-knáliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, vigorously, Rd. 312. all-kostgæflliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very earnestly, in a very painstaking way, Stj. all-kostigr, adj. very excellent, Lex. Poët. all-kviklatr, adj. very quick, lively, Ld. 270. all-kynliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very strangely, strange, Ísl. ii. 58, Fms. ii. 227, Grett. 160. all-kyrrligr, adj. very quiet, tranquil, Háv. 49. all-kærr, adj. very dear, beloved, Eg. 139, Fms. i. 48; very fond of, Hkr. i. 194: neut., Eg. 116, of mutual love. all-langr, adj. very long, Háv. 49. all-laust, n. adj. very loosely, Fms. xi. 103. all-lágr, adj. very low, short of stature, Fbr. 68. all-lengi, adv. very long, K. Þ. K. 158. all-léttbrúnn, adj. of very brightened, cheerful countenance, Ld. 94. all-léttiliga, adv. very lightly, Fas. iii. 612. all-léttmælt, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to speak in a very lively way, Fms. iv. 261. all-léttr, adj. very light (in weight), Fas. iii. 487. all-líkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in very agreeable, courteous terms, Fas. i. 84. all-likligr, adj. very likely, Fas. ii. 247, Sks. 669. all-líkr, adj. very like, Fas. iii. 579, Sd. 160, Korm. 142. all-lítilfjörligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very puny, prop. having little life in one, Háv. 54. all-lítill, adj. very little, Fær. 268: n. sing. all-lítt, as adv. very little, Nj. 108, 130, Korm. 172; poorly, Grett. 116. all-lyginn, adj. very given to lying, Fbr. 157. all-makligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very deserving, fitting, Sturl. iii. 127, Bjarn. 22. all-mann-fátt, n. adj. with very few people, Gísl. 31. all-mannhættr, adj. very dangerous, Fas. iii. 34. all-mannskæðr, adj. very full of manskathe, very murderous, Fms. ii. 512. all-mannæenligr, adj. a very promising man, Fms. iv. 254. all-mannvænn, adj. a man of very great promise, Hkr. ii. 182. all-margliga, adv. very affably, Sturl. iii. 27. all-margmæltr, part. very talkative, Sturl. ii. 179. all-margr, adj. very numerous, pl. very many, Nj. 32, Grág. ii. 176, Sks. 328, Gþl. 329. all-margrætt, n. adj. part. very much spoken of, Fms. viii. 275. all-málugr, adj. very loquacious, Hkr. iii. 152, 655 xi. 2. all-máttfarinn, adj. very much worn out, with very little strength left, Fas. ii. 356. all-máttlítill, adj. very weak, Fms. i. 159. all-meginlauss, adj. very void of strength, Fms. xi. 103. all-mikilfengligr, adj. very high and mighty, very imposing, Fs. all-mikill, adj. very great, Ísl. ii. 269, Nj. 193, Eg. 29, 39: neut. as adv. greatly, Fms. i. 24, vii. 110. all-mikilmannliga, adv. very nobly, Sturl. i. 33. all-misjafn, adj. very variously, unfavourably, in such phrases as, mæla a. um e-t, there were very different stories about the matter, leggja a. til, ganga a. undir, taka a. á, Eg. 242, Hkr. ii. 123, Fms. i. 86, vii. no, Ld. 166. all-mjór, adj. very slim, slender, narrow, Hkr. iii. 117, Gþl. 173. all-mjök, adv. very much, Nj. 134, Ld. 196, Eg. 19; féllu þá a. menn, in very great numbers, Fms. i. 173. all-myrkr, adj. very dark, Fms. ix. 23. all-mæðiliga, adv. with very great effort, heavily, Fms. ix. 16. all-nauðigr, adj. and -liga, adv. very reluctant, unwilling, Grett. 153; a. staddr, dangerously, Fms. v. 212. all-náinn, adj. very near, nearly related, Sks. 330. all-náttförull, adj. very much given to wandering by night, Lex. Poët. all-níðskárr, adj. of a poet, given to mocking, satirical verse, [níð and skáld (?)], Fms. ii. 7. all-nóg, adv. very abundantly, Sd. 182. all-nær, adv. very near, Fms. vii. 289; metaph., lagði a. at, pretty nearly, well-nigh, Fs., Sks. 684 B. all-nærri, adv. very near, Ld. 202, Fas. iii. 339. all-opt, adv. very often, Anecd. 38, Gþl. 169. all-orðfátt, n. adj. in the phrase, göra a. urn, to be very short of words as to, Bjarn. 31. all-ógurligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very frightful, Edda 41. all-ólmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very furiously, Fas. iii. 546, Bárð. 177. áll-óttalaust, n. adj. with very little to fear, Eg. 371, v. l. all-ramskipaðr, adj. part. very strongly manned, Fms. iii. 13. all-rauðr, adj. very red, Ld. 182. all-ráðligr, adj. very expedient, advisable, Grett. 145. all-reiðiligr, adj. looking very wrathful, Fms. iv. 161. all-reiðr, adj. very wroth, angry, Edda 57, Nj. 135, Eg. 139. all-ríkmarmligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very grand, pompous, magnificent, Fms. i. 213. all-ríkr, adj. very powerful, Fms. i. 115. all-rýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very feebly, puny, Fbr. 28. all-röskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very smart, brisk, Fms. viii. 317. all-sannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very likely, ‘soothlike,’ Fms. iv. 270. all-sáttgjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very placable, of mild disposition, Sturl. iii. 288. all-seinn, adj. very slow, Bs. i. 192: neut. as adv. slowly, Grett. 151 A. all-sigrsæll, adj. very victorious, having very good luck in war, Hkr. i. 28. all-skammr, adj. very short, very scant, Nj. 264: neut. substantively, a very short way, Finnb. 324; short distance, Fms. iv. 329. all-skapliga, adv. very fittingly, properly, Grett. 120. all-skapværr, adj. of a very gentle, meek disposition, Sturl. all-skapþungt, n. adj., vera a., to be in a very gloomy, depressed state of mind, Fms. iv. 26. all-skarpr, adj. very sharp, Lex. Poët. all-skeinuhættr, adj. very dangerous, vulnerable, Sturl. ii. 139. all-skemtiligr, adj. very amusing, Sturl. ii. 77. all-skillítill, adj. very slow-witted, dull, Sturl. j. 89. all-skjallkænliga, adv. [skjalla, to flatter], very coaxingly, Grett. 131 A. all-skjótt, n. adj. as adv. very soon, Nj. 236. all-skrautligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very smart, splendid, Fas. ii. 366, Mag. 11. all-skygn, adj. very sharp-sighted, Hrafn. 33. all-skyldr, adj. bound to, very obligatory; neut. = bounden duty, Sks. 484; deserved, Gþl. 61:β. nearly related, near akin, Fms. xi. 75. all-skyndiliga, adv. very quickly, Blas. 40. all-skynsamliga, adv. very judiciously, Sturl. iii. 161. all-skyrugr, adj. all curd-besprent, Grett. 107 A. all-sköruliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very frankly, boldly, dignified, Sturl. iii. 39, Fms. ix. 5, Ld. 94 C, 226, Bs. i. all-sljáliga, adv. very slowly, sluggishly, Grett. 101 A. all-smár, adj. very small, Fms. v. 55, xi. 61. all-snarpliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sharply, smartly, Fms. viii. 346. all-snarpr, adj. very sharp, Fms. i. 38, Nj. 246. all-snemma, adv. very early, Fms. ii. 223. all-snjallr, adj. very shrewd, clever, Fms. viii. 367. all-snúðula, adv. very quickly, Lex. Poët. all-snæfr, adj. very brisk, id. all-snöfurmannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk and energetic looking, of a man, Fms. xi. 79. all-spakliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very mildly, moderately, wisely, Hkr. ii. 41. all-spakr, adj. very gentle, wise, Fms. vi. 298. all-starsýnn, adj. who stares very hard at a thing, looking fixedly upon, Fms. vi. 203. all-sterkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very briskly, strongly, Ld. 158, Fas. iii. 612. all-sterkr, adj. very strong, Hkr. i. 238, Eg. 285; Ísl. ii. 461 ( very vehement); as a pr. name, Fms. iii. 183. all-stilliliga, adv. very calmly, in a very composed manner, Ld. 318. all-stirðr, adj. very stiff, Háv. 46. all-stórhöggr, adj. dealing very hard blows, Fms. i. 171. all-stórliga, adv. very haughtily, Hkr. ii. 63, Ld. 168. all-stórmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very munificently, nobly, Fas. iii. 45; haughtily, Sd. 146. all-stórorðr, adj. using very big words, Eg. 340, Ld. 38 ( very boisterous). all-stórr, adj. very great, metaph. big, puffed up, Ld. 318; dat. all-stórum, as adv. very largely, Edda 32. all-strangr, adj. very rapid, Lex. Poët. all-styggr, adj. very ill-humoured, cross, Grett. 103 A. all-styrkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, Stj. 402. all-styrkr, adj. very strong, Fms. i. 177. all-svangr, adj. very hungry, Lex. Poët. all-svinnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very wisely, prudently, wise, Fas. i. 95, ii. 266. all-sættfúss, adj. very placable, peace-loving, very willing to accept an atonement, Sturl. iii. 19. all-sœmiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very seemly, decorous, honourable, Hkr. i. 215, Ísl. ii. 163. all-tiginn, adj. very princely, Lex. Poët. all-tillátsamr, adj. very indulgent, lenient, Þórð. 12. all-tíðrætt, n. adj. very much talked of, much spoken of, Eg. 99, Sturl. i. 199. all-tíðvirkr, adj. very quick at work, Fms. xi. 377. all-torfyndr, adj. very hard to find, Fms. vii. 356. all-torfært, n. adj. very hard to pass, cross, Eg. 546. all-torsótt, n. adj. part. very difficult to reach, Eg. 546. all-tortryggiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Sturl. ii. 47. all-torveldligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very difficult, Str. all-trauðr, adj. very slow, unwilling, Fms. xi. 39. all-tregr, adj. very tardy, Fær. 114, Bárð. 178. all-trúr, adj. very true. Fms. vi. 377. all-tryggr, adj. very trusty, Hkr. iii. 167. all-tvítugr, false reading, instead of eigi alls t., not quite twenty, Sturl. i. 181. all-undarligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very odd, wonderful, Fms. ii. 150. all-ungr, adj. very young, Eg. 268, Fms. i. 14, Ld. 274. all-úbeinskeyttr, adj. shooting very badly, Fms. ii. 103. all-úblíðr, adj. very harsh, unkind, Fas. ii. all-úbragðligr, adj. very ill-looking, Sturl. iii. 234. all-údæll, adj. very spiteful, untractable, Sturl. i. 99. all-úfagr, adj. very ugly, metaph., Fms. iii. 154. all-úfimliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very awkwardly, Fas. ii. 543. all-úframliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very backward, shy, timid, Fbr. 38 C. all-úfríðr, adj. very ugly, Fms. xi. 227. all-úfrýnn, adj. very sullen, ‘frowning,’ sour, Eg. 525. all-úfrægr, adj. very inglorious, Fms. iv. 259. all-úglaðr, adj. very gloomy, sad, Hkr. iii. 379. all-úhægr, adj. very difficult, Eg. 227. all-úhöfðingligr, adj. very low-looking, very plebeian, Finnb. 222. all-úkátr, adj. very sorrowful, Edda 35, Eg. 223, Fms. i. 37. all-úknár, adj. very weak of frame, Grett. 119 A, very badly knit; Bs. i. 461 (of boys). all-úkonungligr, adj. very unkingly, Fms. viii. 158. all-úkunnigr, adj. quite unknown, Ísl. ii. 412. all-úlífligr, adj. very unlikely to live, Hkr. ii. 200. all-úlíkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very unlikely, Gísl. 24, Sd. 123, Finnb. 310. all-úlíkr, adj. very unlike, Glúm. 364. all-úlyginn, adj. not at all given to lie, truthful, Fbr. 157. all-úmáttuliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. weakly, very weak, tender, Fms. iv. 318. all-úráðinn, adj. part. very ‘unready’ (cp. Ethelred the ‘unready’), undecided, Lv. 9. all-úráðliga, adv. very unadvisedly, rashly, Odd. 12 old Ed. all-úsannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very untruthful, unjust; also, unlikely, Fms. vii. 141. all-úsáttfúss, adj. very implacable, unwilling to come to terms, Sturl. iii. 275. all-úskyldr, adj. very strange to, not at all bound to…, Eg. 10. all-úspakr, adj. very unruly, Sturl. ii. 61. all-úsváss, adj. very uncomfortable, of weather, cold and rainy, Bs. i. 509. all-úsýnn, adj. very uncertain, doubtful, Glúm. 358, Sturl. i. 105. all-úsæligr, adj. of very poor, wretched appearance, Niðrst. 109. all-úvinsæll, adj. very unpopular, Fms. iv. 369, Fas. iii. 520. all-úvísliga, adv. very unwisely, Niðrst. 6. all-úvænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. of very unfavourable prospect, Fas. ii. 266; n. adj. very unpromising, Grett. 148 A. all-úvænn, adi. very ugly, Fas. i. 234; very unpromising, unfavourable, Ísl. ii. 225: neut. as adv. unfavourably, Fms. xi. 134. all-úþarfr, adj. very unthrifty, very unprofitable, something that had better be prevented, Eg. 576, Hkr. ii. 245. all-vandlátr, adj. very difficult, hard to please, Fms. vi. 387. all-vandliga, adv. with very great pains, exactly, carefully, Sks. 658 B. all-vant, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to be in a very great strait, Nj. 221. all-varfærr, adj. very careful, solicitous, Eg. 63. all-vaskligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk, smart, gallant, Hkr. i. 104; compar. v. alvaskligr. all-vaskr, adj. very brisk, gallant, Fms. viii. 226. all-vandr, adj. very bad, of clothes, much worn, Pm. 11. all-vápndjarfr, adj. very bold, daring in arms, Hkr. iii. 63. all-veðrlítið, n. adj. very calm, with little wind, Fms. vi. 360. all-vegliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grand, princely, nobly, Fms. i. 20, Eg. 332, Hkr. i. 15. all-vel, adv. very well, Nj. 12, Eg. 78, 198; compar. albetr, v. alvel. all-vesall, adj. very puny, wretched, Nj. 97. all-vesalliga, adv. very wretchedly, Ölk. 35. all-vesalmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. id., Ísl. ii. 416. all-vesæll, adj. very miserable, base, vile, Nj. 97. all-vingjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very friendly, amicable, Sturl. ii. 168. all-vingott, n. adj. on very friendly terms, Fbr. 129. all-vinsæll, adj. very popular, used of a man blessed with many friends, Fms. i. 184, ii. 44, Orkn. 104 old Ed. all-virðuligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very worthy, dignified, Fms. x. 84, Bs. i. 83. all-vitr, adj. very wise, Sks. 29 B (superl.) all-vitrliga, adv. very wisely, Fas. ii. 66. all-víða and all-vítt, n. adj. very widely, Hkr. iii. 141, Lex. Poët. all-vígliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in a very warlike manner, Fms. ix. 488, Fas. ii. 112. all-vígmannliga, adv. very martially, Fas. iii. 150. all-vígmóðr, adj. quite wearied out with fighting, Introd. to Helgakviða (Sæm.) all-víss, adj. very wise, sure, Sks. 520, Lex. Poët.: neut. to a dead certainty, Lex. Poët. all-vænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very promising, handsome, Glúm. 349, Fms. v. 260, Fbr. 114. all-vænn, adj. id., Clem. 24, Bs. i. 340: neut., þykja a. um, to be in high spirits, Ísl. ii. 361; make much of, Fms. ii. 76; as adv. favourably, Fms. iv. 192. all-vörpuligr, adj. of a very stout, stately frame, Hkr. ii. 254. all-vöxtuligr, adj. very tall, of large growth, Fas. iii. 627. all-þakkligr, adj. very pretty, = þekkiligr, Lex. Poët. all-þakksamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very thankfully, Fms. i. 120, Ld. 298. all-þarfliga, adv. very thriftily, very pressingly; biðja a., to beg very hard, Edda 45. all-þarfr, adj. very thrifty, Lex. Poët. all-þéttr, adj. very crowded, cp. Lex. Poët. all-þrekligr, adj. of a very robust frame, Hkr. ii. 2. all-þröngr, adj. as neut. in a very great crowd, Edda 24. all-þungliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hard, unwilling, reluctant, Sturl. ii. 120; taka a. á e-m, to be very hard upon, Mag. 1. all-þungr, adj. very unfavourable, Hkr. ii. 358; hostile, badly disposed towards, Eb. 108, Eg. 332; þykja a., to dislike, Fms. viii. 441; a. orð, to blame, Sturl. ii. 62. all-þykkr, adj. very thick, Fas. i. 339: n. sing. as adv. thickly, Fms. vii. 70 (of great numbers slain on the battle-field). all-æfr, adj. very furious, wrath, Ísl. ii. 258, Lv. 60, Fas. i. 404. all-ægiligr, adj. very terrible, Dropl. 18. all-æstr, adj. very incited, vehement, Nj. 231. all-örorðr, adj. very quick-tongued, frank, outspoken, Eg. 340. all-öruggliga, adv. very steadfastly, very firmly, Grett. 153 A. all-öruggr, adj. very unflinching, Bs. i. 624. -
17 BÆR
* * *bœr, or býr, gen. baejar or býjar; gen. biar also occurs, esp. in Norse MSS. of the 14th century, Fb., but is rare and unclassical; pl. -ir, gen. -ja, dat. -jum. In Icel. people say bær; in Norway bö in Swed. and Dan. (always with y) by; the root word being búa, bú: this word is very freq. in local names of towns and villages throughout the whole of Scandinavia; and wherever the Scandinavian tribes settled the name by or bö went along with them. In the map of Northern England the use of this word marks out the limits and extent of the Norse immigration, e. g. the name Kirkby or Kirby; about twenty or thirty such are found in English maps of the Northern and Midland Counties, denoting churches built by the Norse or Danish settlers, as Whitby, Grimsby, etc., cp. Kirkjubær in Icel. In Denmark and Sweden local names ending in -by are almost numberless.I. a town, village, this is the Norse, Swed., and Dan. notion; þeir brenna býi at köldum kolum, Fms. xi. 122; til bæjarins (of Niðarós), vii. 30; of Bergen, viii. 360, 438; Tunsberg, ix. 361; of the town residence of the earl of Orkney, Nj. 267: allit., borgir ok bæi, castles and towns, Ann. 1349, etc. etc.; baejar-biskup, a town-bishop, Fms. vii. 32; bæjar-prestr, a town-priest, D. N.; bæjar-lögmaðr, a town-justice, id.; bæjar-lýðr, bæjar-lið, bæjar-menn, town’s-people, Fms. viii. 38, 160, 210, Eg. 240, Bs. i. 78; baejar-brenna, the burning of a town, Fms. x. 30; bæjar-bygð, a town-district, viii. 247; bæjar-gjald, a town-rate, N. G. L. i. 328; bæjar-sýsla, a town-office, Fms. vi. 109; bæjar-starf, id., Hkr. iii. 441; bæjar-seta, dwelling in town, Ld. 73, Ísl. ii. 392.II. a farm, landed estate, this is the Icel. notion, as that country has no towns; bær in Icel. answers to the Germ. ‘hof,’ Norweg. ‘ból,’ Dan. ‘gaard,’ denoting a farm, or farmyard and buildings, or both together; hence the phrase, reisa, göra, setja bæ, efna til bæjar, to build the farmstead, Eb. 10, 26, 254, Ld. 96, 98, Fs. 26, Landn. 126, 127, Eg. 131, Gísl. 8, 28, Bs. i. 26, Þorst. hv. 35; byggja bæ, Bs. i. 60; the phrase, bær heitir…, a farm is called so and so, Ísl. ii. 322, 323, 325, Ann. 1300, Hrafn. 22, Dropl. 5; the allit. phrase, búa á bæ…, Þorst. hv. 37; the passages are numberless, and ‘bær’ has almost become synonymous with ‘house and home;’ and as it specially means ‘the farm-buildings,’ Icel. also say innan-bæjar, in-doors; utan-bæjar, out-of-doors; í bæ, within doors; milii baejar ok stöðuls, K. Þ. K. 78; milli bæja; bæ frá bæ, from house to house; á bæ og af bæ, at home and abroad: things belonging to a bær, bæjar-dyr, the doors of the houses, the chief entrance; bæjar-hurð ( janua); bæjar-veggr, the wall of the houses; bæjar-bust, the gable of the houses; bæjar-lækr, the home-spring, well; bæjar-hlað, the premises; bæjar-stétt, the pavement in the front of the houses; bæjar-leið, a furlong, a short distance as between two ‘bæir;’ bæjar-sund, passage between the houses; bæjar-hús, the home-stead, opp. to fjár-hús, etc., where cattle is kept, or barns and the like; fram-bær, the front part of the houses; torf-bær, timbr-bær, a ‘bær’ built of turf or timber: phrases denoting the ‘bær’ as hearth and home, hér sú Guð í bæ, God be in this house, a form of greeting, cp. Luke x. 5; bæjar-bragr, the customs or life in a house; nema börn hvað á bæ er títt (a proverb). -
18 FRÁ
* * *I) prep. with dat.1) from (ganga frá lögbergi);skamt frá ánni, a short distance from the river;2) away from (nökkut frá öðrum mönnum);3) of time, alit frá eldingu, all along from daybreak;dag frá degi, one day after another;4) from among, beyond;gera sik auðkendan frá öðrum mönnum, to make oneself conspicuous;5) against;frá líkindum, against likelihood;6) of, about;er mér svá frá sagt konungi, I am told so about the king;7) as adv. away;hverfa frá, to turn away;til ok frá, to and fro;héðan í frá, hence, henceforlh;þar út í frá, secondly, next.* * *prep. with dat., sometimes with í or á prefixed, ífrá, áfrá, cp. Swed. ifrån; áfra, Fms. vi. 326, 439, viii. 25, ix. 508, x. 408; í frá, xi. 16, 137, 508, Grág. ii. 30, Nj. 83, 108, passim: [Goth. fram; A. S. fram, from; Engl. from; O. H. G. fram; again in the Scandin., Swed. från; Dan. fra; Ormul. fra; so also Engl. fro (in to and fro and froward) is a Dan. form, but from a Saxon]:—from, vide af, p. 3, col. 2; ganga frá lögbergi, Nj. 87; frá landi, Ld. 118; ofan frá fjöllum, Ísl. ii. 195; frá læknum, 339: with adv. denoting direction, skamt frá ánni, Nj. 94; skamt frá landi, Ld.; upp frá bæ Una, Fs. 33, Ld. 206; niðr frá Mælifells-gili, Landn. 71; ofan frá Merki-á, Eg. 100; ut frá Unadal, Fs. 31; norðr frá garði, Nj. 153; norðr frá dyrum, Fms. viii. 25; austr frá, ix. 402; suðr frá Noregi, x. 271; skamt frá vatninu, Ld. 268; allt frá ( all the way from) Gnúpu-skörðum, 124: ellipt., inn frá, útar frá, Nj. 50: with the indecl. particle er, vetfang þeim er frá ( from which) var kvatt, Grág. (Kb.)β. with names of hills, rivers, or the like, from, but ‘at’ is more freq., vide p. 26; frá Ósi, Eirekr frá Ósi, Þórð. 8 new Ed.; Þórðr frá Höfða, Ld. 188, 200; frá Mosfelli, frá Hlíðarenda, Landn., Nj. passim.2. denoting aloof; brott frá öðrum húsum, aloof from other houses, Eg. 203; nökkut frá ( aloof from) öðrum mönnum, Fas. i. 241; út í frá öðrum mönnum, aloof from other men, Hkr. i. 223.3. with adverbs denoting direction; Varbelgir eru hér upp frá yðr, Fms. ix. 512; stóðu spjót þeirra ofan frá þeim, Nj. 253; þangat frá garði, er …, in such a direction from the farm, that …, Grág. i. 82.4. with verbs, as vita, horfa, snúa frá, to look away from, Skálda 242; stafnar horfa frá landi, Fms. xi. 101; þat er frá vissi berginu, viii. 428.5. with gen. ellipt. cp. ‘at’ A. II. 7; frá riks manns, from a rich man’s [ house], Hom. 117; frá Arnórs, Bjarn. 35; frá frú Kristínar, Fms. ix. 407; frá bóanda þess, Grág. i. 300; frá Heljar, Edda (Ub.) 292; frá Bjarnar, Hkr. i. 190.6. temp., fjórtán nætr frá alþingi, Grág. i. 122; frá þessu, from that time, since; upp frá þessu, id., Ld. 50, Fms. xi. 334; frá hinni fyrstu stund, Sks. 559; allt frá eldingu, all along from daybreak, Hrafn. 7; frá öndverðu, from the beginning, Sks. 564; frá fornu ok nýju, of old and new, Dipl. iv. 14: adding upp, upp frá því, ever since, Bs. ii. 37.7. denoting succession; stund frá stund, from time to time, 656 A. i. 36; ár frá ári, year after year, Stj. 17; dag frá degi, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag frá öðrum, one day after another, viii. 182; hvárt sumar frá öðru, one summer after another, Grág. i. 92; annan dag frá öðrum, Eg. 277: in other relations, maðr frá manni, man after man, Finnb. 228.II. metaph.,1. from among, above, beyond, surpassingly; göra sik auðkenndan frá öðrum mönnum, to distinguish oneself from ( above) other men, Fms. vii. 73, Fb. ii. 73: adding sem, frá því sem …, beyond that what …; frá því harðfengir ok íllir viðreignar sem aðrir, Fms. i. 171; herðibreiðr, svá at þat bar frá því sem aðrir menn vóru, Eg. 305; nú er þat annathvárt at þú ert frá því þróttigr ok þolinn sem aðrir menn, Fms. ii. 69: cp. frá-görðamaðr, frá-bær.2. with verbs denoting deprivation, taking away, forsaking, or the like; taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing from one, Nj. 253; renna frá e-m, 264; deyja frá úmögum, to ‘die from orphans,’ i. e. leave orphans behind one, Grág. i. 249; segja sik ór þingi frá e-m, to secede from one, Nj. 166; liggja frá verkum, to be bedridden ‘from work,’ i. e. so as to be unable to work, Grág. i. 474; seljask arfsali frá úmögum, i. e. to shift one’s property from the minors, i. e. to cut them off from inheritance, 278.3. against; þvert frá mínu skapi, Fms. vii. 258, Hom. 158; frá líkindum, against likelihood, Eg. 769.4. denoting derivation from a person; í mikilli sæmd frá konungi, Ísl. ii. 394; njóta skaltu hans frá oss, Fbr. 58 new Ed.;—so also, kominn frá e-m, come of, descended from one, Eb. sub fin., Landn. passim.5. of, about, concerning; segja frá e-u, to tell of a thing, Fms. xi. 16, 137, Nj. 100, (frá-saga, frá-sögn, a story); verða víss frá e-m, to be informed about one, Fms. iv. 184; er mér svá frá sagt konungi, I am told so of the king, Eg. 20; lýgi hann mestan hlut frá, he lies for the most part, Ísl. ii. 145, cp. Nj. 32.III. adverb. or ellipt. away, off; hverfa frá, to turn away, Landn. 84; snúa í frá, Nj. 108; stukku menn frá, Eg. 289; hnekkjask Írar nú frá, Ld. 78; ok frá höndina, and the hand off, Nj. 160; falla frá, to fall off, to die (fráfall), Fms. x. 408; til ok frá, to and fro, Eg. 293, Fms. ix. 422, Pass. 3. 2; héðan í frá, hence ‘fro,’ Nj. 83; þaðan í frá, thence, Grág. ii. 30: þar ut í frá, secondly, next, Fms. vi. 326; outermost, 439:—temp., þaðan, héðan frá, thence, Grág. i. 204, ii. 30, Fms. ii. 231, Nj. 83, Vápn. 30: cp. the phrases, af og frá, by no means! vera frá, to be gone, done with, dead. -
19 SIGLA
* * *I)(-da, -t), v.1) to sail;sigla af landi, to stand off the land;sigla at landi, to stand in to land;sigla í haf, á haf, til hafs, to stand out to sea;sigla á skip, to run into a ship;sigla meira, to set more sails;sigla um e-n, to sail by one;sigla um Eyrarsund, to sail through the Sound;sigla um, to get under weigh, set sail (þegar er þeir höfðu um siglt, þá gaf þeim byr);with the course in acc., þat er sögn manna, at Skopti hafi fyrstr Norðmanna siglt Njörvasund, was the first Northman to sail through N.;with the weather in acc. (þeir sigla norðr um Sognsæ byr góðan ok bjart veðr);veðr siglanda, weather fit for sailing;2) fig., sigla á veðr e-m, to get to windward of one, take the wind out of his sails (engi maðr mun hafa siglt á veðr jafnmörgum höfðingjum);sigla milli skers ok báru, to sail between Scylla and Charybdis;3) to go as with sails (sigldi íkorninn í milli limanna á öðru tré).f. mast (fyrir framan siglu).* * *ð or d, [segl], to sail; sigla ok róa. Eg. 86, Grág. ii. 130; s. af landi, to stand off the land, Landn. 26; s. at landi, to stand in to land; s. með landi, to sail along shore; s. rétt í vestr, í norðr, Eg. 86, Landn. 25; s. út ór ánni, Þórð. 26; s. í haf, á haf, or til hafs, to stand out to sea, Ld. 32, Nj. 4, Fms. vi. 359; en er þeir höfðu um siglt, sailed by, Fms. v. 305; freisia ef þeir sigli svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; s. undan, to sail away, id.; s. meira, to sail faster, Ó. H. 182; s. eptir e-m, id.; sigla djarfliga. Fms. vii. 67; s. á skip, to strike against, x. 76: the distance or course in acc., sigla þeir sunnan fyrir Stað tuttugu vikur sævar, xi. 122; þá mun siglt vera tylpt fyrir sunnan Ísland, then the course will be a ‘tylpt’ south of Iceland, Landn. 25; segla menn, at Skopti hafi fyrstr Norðmanna siglt Njörva-sund, that S. is the first Northman that sailed by N., Fms. vii. 66; s. lítinn byr ok fagran, ii. 182; sigla þeir góða byri, x. 260; sigldi hann inn um Agðanes vá mikinn storm, at …, ix. 314: sigldi hann ór Suðreyjum svá mikla sigling. at …, he sailed so famous a voyage, that…, Landn. 214; þeir sigla norðr um Sognsæ byr góðan ok bjart veðr, Eg. 120; sigli þér sælir! (Gr. εὐπλοειτε), Am. 32.2. in Icel. sigla also means to travel, like Fr. voyager; hann sigldi þrysvar, went thrice abroad; kálfr sigldi, kom út naut, kusi lifð’ og dó ‘ann, a ditty; hence sigldr, part. travelled, and ó-sigldr, untravelled.II. metaph. phrases; sigla á veðr e-m, to get to windward of one, take the wind out of his sails; engi maðr mun meirr hafa siglt á veðr jafnmörgum höfðingjum, Band. 39 new Ed.; sigla milli skers ok báru, between the skerry and the billow, between Scylla and Charybdis, Fms. ii. 268, Fb. iii. 402; þeir höföu sigr er ú-vænna þóttu út sigla, they won the race who were thought to have the least chance at the start, Sturl. iii. 251; þótt þér þykki eigi úvænt út sigla, though the chance be small at the start, 237.2. to go as with sails; sigldi hann millum limanna á annat tré, of a squirrel leaping from tree to tree, Ó. H. 85.III. rccipr., þeir sigldusk nær í sundi einu, Korm. 230: part. gerund, siglanda segltækt, fit for sailing; siglanda væri þetta veðr fyrir Jaðar, ef …, Ó. H. 138; ú-siglanda veðr, weather not fit for sailing. -
20 stund
I)(pl. -ir), f.1) a certain length of time, a while;var s. til dags, it was a while before daybreak;er á leið stundina, in the course of time, after a while;þat var s. ein, it was but a short time;er stundir líða (fram), as time goes on;dvelja af stundir, to kill the time;lítil er líðandi stund, brief is the fleeting hour;2) adverbial phrases;af stundu, ere long, soon;af annarri stundu, ‘the next while’, ere long;á lítilli stundu, in a little while;fyrir stundu, a while ago;langri stundu fyrr, a long while before;um s., for a while;litla (skamma) s., for a short while;allar stundir, always;alla s., all the time;s. af s., s. frá s., little by little, by degrees;stundum (dat.), at times, sometimes3) little distance, a little way, a bit (hann stóð s. frá dyrunum);4) hour;tvær stundir dags, two hours;5) pains, exertion;leggja s. á e-t, to take pains about a thing.n. dust (gneri hann of andlit honum moldar stundinu).* * *n. dust; gneri hann of andlit honum moldar stundinu, Greg. 54.
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
distance — noun 1 amount of space between two points ADJECTIVE ▪ considerable, enormous, fair, good, great, huge, large, long, vast ▪ … Collocations dictionary
distance — n. & v. n. 1 the condition of being far off; remoteness. 2 a a space or interval between two things. b the length of this (a distance of twenty miles). 3 a distant point or place (came from a distance). 4 the avoidance of familiarity; aloofness;… … Useful english dictionary
distance — I (New American Roget s College Thesaurus) Measure of interval Nouns 1. distance, remoteness, farness, long way; offing, background; perspective, parallax; reach, span, stride; measurement; separation, disjunction; interstellar or intergalactic… … English dictionary for students
distance — noun 1》 the length of the space between two points: I cycled the short distance home. 2》 the condition of being remote. ↘a far off point. 3》 the full length of a race or other contest. ↘Brit. Horse Racing a space of more than twenty… … English new terms dictionary
List of French words and phrases used by English speakers — Here are some examples of French words and phrases used by English speakers. English contains many words of French origin, such as art, collage, competition, force, machine, police, publicity, role, routine, table, and many other Anglicized… … Wikipedia
List of Puerto Rican slang words and phrases — This is a list of phrases, words, and slang used in Puerto Rico . There are many phrases that are funny in one place and mean nothing in another country that speaks correct Spanish.Here is a list of commonly used slangs in Puerto Rico, their… … Wikipedia
long — long1 adjective (longer, longest) 1》 of a great distance or duration. ↘of a specified distance or duration. ↘(of a ball in sport) travelling a great distance, or further than expected. 2》 relatively great in extent. ↘having a… … English new terms dictionary
furthest — adj. & adv. (also farthest esp. with ref. to physical distance) adj. most distant. adv. to or at the greatest distance. Phrases and idioms: at the furthest (or at furthest) at the greatest distance; at the latest; at most. Etymology: ME, superl.… … Useful english dictionary
piece — piece1 [ pis ] noun *** ▸ 1 individual object ▸ 2 part separated from something ▸ 3 one of a particular type ▸ 4 writing/art etc. ▸ 5 object in board game ▸ 6 gun ▸ 7 coin of particular value ▸ 8 short distance ▸ + PHRASES 1. ) count piece of an… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
afar — adv. at or to a distance. Phrases and idioms: from afar from a distance. Etymology: ME f. A (2), A (4) + FAR … Useful english dictionary
advice — n. 1 words given or offered as an opinion or recommendation about future action or behaviour. 2 information given; news. 3 formal notice of a transaction. 4 (in pl.) communications from a distance. Phrases and idioms: take advice 1 obtain advice … Useful english dictionary